WO2012016529A1 - 一种接入网设备的通信连接方法及系统 - Google Patents

一种接入网设备的通信连接方法及系统 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2012016529A1
WO2012016529A1 PCT/CN2011/077989 CN2011077989W WO2012016529A1 WO 2012016529 A1 WO2012016529 A1 WO 2012016529A1 CN 2011077989 W CN2011077989 W CN 2011077989W WO 2012016529 A1 WO2012016529 A1 WO 2012016529A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
port
service
address
information
packet
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2011/077989
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
陆宏成
杨春晖
Original Assignee
北京乾唐视联网络科技有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 北京乾唐视联网络科技有限公司 filed Critical 北京乾唐视联网络科技有限公司
Priority to US13/814,732 priority Critical patent/US9497111B2/en
Publication of WO2012016529A1 publication Critical patent/WO2012016529A1/zh

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L45/00Routing or path finding of packets in data switching networks
    • H04L45/302Route determination based on requested QoS
    • H04L45/306Route determination based on the nature of the carried application
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L12/00Data switching networks
    • H04L12/64Hybrid switching systems
    • H04L12/6418Hybrid transport
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L12/00Data switching networks
    • H04L12/28Data switching networks characterised by path configuration, e.g. LAN [Local Area Networks] or WAN [Wide Area Networks]
    • H04L12/42Loop networks
    • H04L12/437Ring fault isolation or reconfiguration

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the technical field of a novel network, and in particular, to a communication connection method for an access network device, a communication connection system for an access network device, a node server, and an access switch.
  • Background technique
  • New networks including the Internet, enable different individuals and institutions to exchange information and other information resources.
  • Networks typically include technologies such as path, transport, signaling, and network management. These techniques have been widely found in various literatures. An overview of this is: Steven Shepherd's Telecommunications Convergence (McGraw-Hill, 2000), Annabel Z. Dodd's The Essential Guide, to Telecommimications, Third Edition (Prentice Hall PRT, 2001) ), or Ray Horak's second edition of Communications Systems and Networks (M&T Books, 2000). The advances in these technologies have greatly improved the speed and quality of information transmission and reduced its costs.
  • Path technologies connecting terminals to a wide-area transport network have evolved from 14.4, 28.8 and 56K modems to include ISDN, Tl, cable modem, DSL, Ethernet and wireless Connected technology.
  • Synchronous Optical Network SONET
  • Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing DWDM
  • Frame Relay FR2
  • ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode
  • RPR Resilient Packet Ring
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
  • ARPANET ARPANET
  • Application layer - Application layer is a general term for all applications that users are targeting.
  • the TCP/IP protocol family has many protocols at this level to support different applications, and many of the familiar Internet-based applications are inseparable from these protocols.
  • the HTTP protocol the FTP protocol for file transfer
  • the SMTP for email transmission
  • DNS protocol domain name resolution
  • Telnet protocol Telnet protocol for remote login, etc.
  • the function of the transport layer one layer is mainly to provide communication between applications.
  • the TCP/IP protocol family has TCP and UDP protocols at this layer.
  • Network layer one is a very critical layer in the TCP/IP protocol family, mainly defining IP ground.
  • the address format enables data of different application types to be smoothly transmitted over the Internet.
  • the IP protocol is a network layer protocol.
  • Network Interface Layer This is the lowest layer of TCP/IP software. It is responsible for receiving IP packets and sending them over the network, or receiving physical frames from the network, extracting IP datagrams and handing them over to the IP layer.
  • IP IP-to-Network Interface
  • the main reason for their incompatibility is because of the basic unit of data they transmit (technically called "frames").
  • the format is different.
  • the IP protocol is actually a set of protocol software consisting of software programs that convert all kinds of different "frames" into an "IP packet” format. This conversion is one of the most important features of the Internet, making all kinds of computers Interoperability can be achieved on the Internet, which is characterized by "openness.”
  • a packet is also a form of packet switching, in which the transmitted data is segmented into “packets” and then transmitted. However, it belongs to the "connectionless type", and each "package” (grouping) that is marked is transmitted as an "independent message”, so it is called “data packet”. In this way, it is not necessary to connect a circuit before starting communication, and each data packet does not have to be transmitted through the same path, so it is called “no connection type”. This feature is very important, and it greatly enhances the robustness and security of the network in the case of text messaging.
  • Each packet has two parts: a header and a message.
  • the header has a necessary content such as a destination address, so that each packet can accurately reach the destination without going through the same path. Recombination at the destination to restore the originally transmitted data. This requires the IP to have the function of packet packing and assembly.
  • the data packet can also change the length of the data packet according to the packet size specified by the network.
  • the maximum length of the IP data packet can reach 65535 bytes.
  • QoS Quality of Service
  • the network transmission quality is specifically represented by packet loss and bit error.
  • Computer files are not sensitive to errors in transmission. Even if most of the packets are lost during transmission, the computer will still consider the network available, as long as there is a TCP retransmission mechanism. However, if the packet loss and bit error rate are higher than one thousandth, the video quality will be degraded for synchronous video. Experience data tells us that high-quality video communications even require less than one in 100,000 lost packets and errors. The test data of the current network environment shows that most of the packet loss occurs inside the router, and the error generated in the fiber transmission is almost negligible.
  • “Inte Serv” is built on the basis of independent stream resource reservation, using Resource Reservation Setup Protocol (RSVP).
  • RSVP Resource Reservation Setup Protocol
  • RSVP 2Mbps bandwidth can only be macroscopic. If 1 second of data is sent in the first half of the second, it will cause problems and form periodic burst traffic. Because the core idea of the IP Internet is to do its best, at every network node, the switch always tries to forward data as fast as possible. When a video is circulated through a multi-level switch, the traffic distribution will be uneven. Multiple non-uniform non-synchronous flows will produce greater non-uniformity over a period of time, that is, network traffic must have periodic blocking. As the number of video users increases, there is no upper limit for periodic blocking. When the internal storage capacity of the switch exceeds the number of packets, the result of packet loss is directly caused. * Why is "Diff Serv" unsuccessful?
  • Diff Serv attempts to provide a better than best-effort network service. This method does not require complex network-wide resource reservation, and implementation is simple. As long as each packet is marked with a "priority, tag, the network switch first processes the video data with "priority,”.
  • the basic principle is that banks can issue gold cards to VIP customers, which can effectively reduce the queue time of high-end customers. This method sounds good too, but it doesn't work.
  • the IP Internet attempts to use storage to absorb transient traffic, with the result that transmission delays are increased. Due to limited storage capacity, there is no upper limit for bursty traffic. Therefore, the storage method can only improve the chance of packet loss of this device, and the burst traffic absorbed by this node will exert more pressure on the next node. Video traffic continues to flow, and the storage mode of the switch intensifies the convergence of bursts to weak nodes, and network packet loss is inevitable.
  • the technical problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a communication connection method for an access network device, which is used to ensure the stability and smoothness of the transmission path, avoid the delay of the multimedia service, ensure the national information security requirement, and save hardware resources, thereby ensuring Network transmission quality.
  • the embodiment of the invention further provides a communication connection system of an access network device, a node server and an access switch, which are used to ensure the implementation and application of the above method in practice.
  • the embodiment of the present invention discloses a pass of an access network device.
  • a method for connecting a link the access network device includes a node server, an access switch, and a terminal, and the method includes the following steps:
  • the node server obtains the communication link information of the current service according to the service request protocol packet initiated by the source terminal, where the communication link information includes the communication port information of the access switch participating in the current service;
  • the node server sends a port configuration command to the corresponding access switch according to the communication port information of the access switch;
  • the access switch sets a port directed by the data packet of the secondary service in its internal packet address table according to the port configuration command.
  • the communication link information may further include communication port information of the node server participating in the current service, and at this time, the node server may set a port directed by the data packet of the current service in its internal packet address table.
  • the node server may only configure the packet-oriented port of the access switch.
  • the access switch is configured according to the internal
  • the setting of the data packet address table directly transmits the data packet through the corresponding downlink port of the access switch, that is, the source terminal and the target terminal can directly perform service communication under the access switch that they are connected together, without uploading the data packet to the node.
  • the server is then delivered to the corresponding terminal by the node server, which effectively saves bandwidth and routing resources.
  • the access network device refers to a device in the new network that accesses the network part.
  • This new type of network is a centralized control network structure, which can be a tree network, a star network, a ring network, etc., but on this basis, a centralized control node is needed in the network to control the entire network.
  • the devices in the access network can be mainly divided into three categories: node servers, access switches, and terminals (including various set-top boxes, code boards, memories, etc.).
  • the node server is a node in the access network that functions as a centralized control, and can control the access switch and the terminal.
  • the node server can be directly connected to the access switch or directly connected to the terminal.
  • the communication connection method of the embodiment of the present invention is not only applicable to multicast communication, but also Applicable to unicast communication, that is, the service request initiated by the source terminal includes a unicast communication service request and a multicast communication service request, and correspondingly, the data packet address table may include a unicast data packet address table and a multicast data packet. Address table.
  • the step of the node server acquiring the communication link information of the current service may specifically include the following sub-steps:
  • the node server obtains a service request protocol packet that is initiated by the source terminal and is used to establish a unicast communication service with the target terminal, where the service request protocol packet includes service type information, service content information, and an access network address of the source terminal.
  • the service content information includes a service number;
  • the node server extracts an access network address of the target terminal in the preset content-address mapping table according to the service number;
  • the node server acquires communication link information of the current service according to the service type information, the source terminal, and the access network address of the target terminal.
  • the communication link information may be a one-way communication link information, for example, the source terminal initiates a unicast service request to the target terminal, or the target terminal initiates a unicast service request to the source terminal; or
  • the communication link information may also be two-way communication link information, for example, the source terminal and the target terminal initiate a unicast service request to the opposite end.
  • the node server In the process of establishing a communication connection, the node server notifies the source terminal and the target terminal, and determines whether the current communication link can be adopted according to the response of the target terminal, that is, in a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the node server acquires
  • the step of communication link information of the secondary service further includes the following sub-steps:
  • the node server sends a menu protocol package to the source terminal and the target terminal;
  • the step of the node server acquiring the communication link information of the current service may further include the following sub-steps:
  • menu protocol packet is directed to the source terminal according to the setting of the preset protocol packet address table in the access switch between the node server and the source terminal;
  • the menu protocol package is directed to the target terminal;
  • the protocol packet address table is configured with a protocol packet directed to the CPU module whose destination address is the access network address of the current access switch, and a port that is forwarded by the protocol packet whose destination address is the address of the other access network device.
  • the node server can send the menu protocol package to the source terminal and the target terminal based on the setting of the preset protocol packet address table.
  • the node server determines, according to the service type information, that the currently set data packet address table is a unicast data packet address table.
  • the ports include:
  • the destination address is a downlink port directed by the unicast packet of the source terminal; and the destination address is a downlink port directed by the unicast packet of the target terminal.
  • the node server notifies the access switch that there are two cases:
  • the communication port information of the access switch may include uplink port information of the access switch in the uplink, and access in the downlink Downstream port information of the switch;
  • the port that the access switch directs to the unicast data packet of the current service set in the internal unicast data packet address table according to the port configuration command includes:
  • the destination address is the uplink port of the access switch in the uplink and the downlink port of the access switch in the downlink, which are directed by the unicast packet of the target terminal.
  • the communication port information of the access switch may include uplink port and downlink port information of the access switch in the uplink, and, in the downlink The uplink port and the downlink port information of the access switch; the port that the access switch directs to the unicast data packet of the current service set in the internal unicast data packet address table according to the port configuration command includes:
  • the destination address is the uplink port and the downlink port of the access switch in the uplink directed by the unicast data packet of the target terminal; and the unicast data packet whose destination address is the source terminal The downlink port of the uplink port of the access switch in the downlink.
  • the node server when sending a port configuration command to the access switch, may further send a service processing command, such as a codec command, to the source terminal and the target terminal, respectively.
  • a service processing command such as a codec command
  • the step of the node server acquiring the communication link information of the current service may include the following sub-steps:
  • the node server obtains a service request protocol packet for requesting a multicast communication service initiated by the target terminal, where the service request protocol packet includes service type information, service content information, and an access network address of the target terminal, where the service content information is Including the service number;
  • the node server extracts an access network address of the source terminal in the preset content-address mapping table according to the service number;
  • the node server acquires the multicast address corresponding to the source terminal, and allocates the multicast address to the target terminal; and, according to the service type information, the source terminal, and the access network address of the target terminal, obtains the communication link information of the current multicast service. .
  • the multicast data packet may be sent by the source terminal.
  • the step of the node server acquiring the communication link information of the current service may further include the following sub-steps:
  • the node server obtains a service request protocol packet that is initiated by the source terminal and initiates a multicast communication service, and allocates a multicast address to the source terminal according to the service request protocol packet;
  • the service request protocol packet includes service type information, service content information, And an access network address of the source terminal, where the service content information includes a service number;
  • Another possible multicast service is that the source terminal also receives the multicast data packet when sending the multicast data packet.
  • the node server acquires the communication link information of the current service.
  • the steps may also include the following sub-steps:
  • the service type information and the access network address of the node server and the source terminal, Obtain the communication link information of the downlink service of the current multicast service.
  • the node server determines, according to the service type information, that the currently set data packet address table is a multicast data packet address table.
  • the ports include:
  • the destination address is the downlink port to which the multicast packet of the multicast address is directed.
  • the communication port information of the access switch acquired by the node server includes uplink port information of the access switch in the uplink, and downlink port information of the access switch in the downlink;
  • the port that the access switch is directed to by the current serving multicast packet set in the internal multicast packet address table according to the port configuration command includes:
  • the destination address is the uplink port of the access switch in the uplink and the downlink port of the access switch in the downlink, which are directed by the multicast packet of the multicast address.
  • the communication port information of the access switch acquired by the node server may further include downlink port information of the access switch in the uplink; the access switch is configured according to the port.
  • the port that the command directs in the multicast packet address table of the current service to which the current service multicast packet is directed includes:
  • the destination address is the downlink port of the access switch in the uplink that is directed by the multicast packet of the multicast address.
  • the port configuration command is recorded in a protocol packet
  • the node server is configured to connect to a downlink port of the corresponding access switch according to a setting of a downlink protocol packet address table preset therein.
  • the protocol packet is directed to the corresponding access switch;
  • the downlink protocol packet address table is provided with a downlink port that is forwarded by a protocol packet whose destination address is a lower-level access network device address.
  • the node server when sending a port configuration command to the access switch, may further send a service processing command to the target terminal, where the target terminal performs a corresponding operation according to the service processing command; or, the node server may also send the source to the source. Terminal sending service processing life Therefore, the source terminal performs a corresponding operation according to the service processing command.
  • the node server currently obtains communication link information of multiple current services, one of the communication link information may be selected as the communication link information of the current service according to the preset rule.
  • the preset rule may be that the node server obtains the traffic information of each communication link, and the traffic information of the secondary service, and determines the communication link with the smallest used traffic as the current time.
  • the communication link information of the service; or the preset rule may also obtain the bandwidth information of each communication link for the node server, and the bandwidth information of the current service, and determine the communication link with the largest bandwidth as the current service. Communication link information.
  • the service request protocol packet initiated by the source terminal may be configured according to an uplink protocol packet address table preset in an access switch connected between the source terminal and the node server. Directed to the node server through the uplink port of the corresponding access switch;
  • the uplink protocol packet address table is provided with an uplink port that is forwarded by a protocol packet whose destination address is a node server address.
  • the node server will release the port that is set to the current service data packet in its internal packet address table; and send the port to the access switch participating in the current service. Translation command
  • the access switch releases the port that the set current service data packet is directed to in the internal packet address table according to the port release command.
  • the node server also issues a service end command to the source terminal and/or the target terminal, and the source terminal and/or the target terminal terminate the service processing according to the service end command.
  • the node server is further provided with an address information table in which the address occupation information, the device identification information, and the device resource information are recorded.
  • the node server modifies the content in the preset address information table, where the modification includes updating the address occupation information of the corresponding entry of the release port to be unoccupied; and updating the corresponding device identification information. And device resource information.
  • the access network device can access the new type by using the following steps: network:
  • the access switch is powered on, and all downlink protocol packets are directed to the CPU module in the internal downlink protocol packet address table.
  • the access switch Receiving, by the access switch, a downlink protocol packet sent by the node server, according to the setting of the downlink protocol packet address table, directing the downlink protocol packet to a CPU module of the access switch, where the CPU module generates an uplink protocol packet, and Sending to the node server;
  • the downlink protocol packet includes an access network address to be allocated;
  • the node server sends an access network command to the access switch, where the access network command includes an access network address of the access switch, where the access network address is the to-be-allocated access in the downlink protocol packet received by the access switch.
  • the access switch updates its internal downlink protocol packet address table so that only the protocol packet whose destination address is its own access network address is directed to the CPU module.
  • the access switch is connected to other subordinate access network devices.
  • the node server sends a port allocation packet to the access switch that has entered the network, which is a preferred implementation of the present invention.
  • the method further includes the following steps:
  • the access switch that has entered the network directs the port allocation packet whose destination address is its own access network address to the CPU module.
  • the downlink port directed by each port downlink protocol packet is set.
  • the method further includes the following steps:
  • the access switch directs the port downlink protocol packet to the corresponding downlink port according to the setting of the internal downlink protocol packet address table; the port downlink protocol packet includes an access network address to be allocated;
  • the node server receives the port uplink protocol packet sent by a lower-level access network device connected to the downlink port of the access switch, and sends a network access command to the lower-level access network device, the network access command includes the lower-level connection Access network address of the network access device, the access network The address is the access network address to be allocated in the port downlink protocol packet received by the lower-level access network device.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further discloses a communication connection system of an access network device, where the access network device includes a node server, an access switch, and a terminal, and the node server includes: a service request receiving module, configured to receive a source terminal The service request protocol packet is initiated; the communication link obtaining module is configured to obtain the communication link information of the current service according to the service request protocol packet initiated by the source terminal, where the communication link information includes: participation in the current service access Communication port information of the switch;
  • a switch port configuration module configured to send a port configuration command to the corresponding access switch according to the communication port information of the access switch
  • the access switch includes:
  • the address table configuration module is configured to set, according to the port configuration command, a port directed by the data packet of the secondary service in its internal packet address table.
  • the communication link information may further include communication port information of the node server participating in the current service.
  • the node server may further include an address table configuration module, configured to use, according to the communication port information of the node server, The internal packet address table sets the port to which the packet of the secondary service is directed.
  • the communication connection method of the embodiment of the present invention is applicable not only to multicast communication but also to unicast communication, that is, the service request initiated by the source terminal includes a unicast communication service request and a multicast communication service request, and correspondingly
  • the data packet address table may include a unicast data packet address table and a multicast data packet address table.
  • the communication link acquisition module of the node server includes the following sub-modules:
  • a unicast service protocol packet receiving submodule configured to receive a service request protocol packet initiated by the source terminal and used to establish a unicast communication service with the target terminal, where the service request protocol packet includes service type information, service content information, and The access network address of the source terminal, where the service content information includes a service number;
  • a target terminal address obtaining submodule configured to extract an access network address of the target terminal in the preset content-address mapping table according to the service number;
  • a communication link calculation submodule configured to acquire communication link information of the current service according to the service type information, the source terminal, and the access network address of the target terminal.
  • the communication link information may be a one-way communication link information, for example, the source terminal initiates a unicast service request to the target terminal, or the target terminal initiates a unicast service request to the source terminal; or
  • the communication link information may also be two-way communication link information, for example, the source terminal and the target terminal initiate a unicast service request to the opposite end.
  • the node server In the process of establishing a communication connection, the node server notifies the source terminal and the target terminal, and determines whether the current communication link can be adopted according to the response of the target terminal, that is, in a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the node server further Includes the following modules:
  • a menu protocol packet sending module configured to send a menu protocol package to the source terminal and the target terminal;
  • the response protocol packet receiving module is configured to receive a response protocol packet sent by the target terminal for the vegetable package protocol packet.
  • the access switch includes a first access switch between the node server and the source terminal, and a second access switch between the node server and the target terminal;
  • the first access switch further includes:
  • a first guiding module of the menu protocol package configured to direct the menu protocol package to the source terminal according to the setting of the internal preset protocol packet address table
  • the second access switch further includes:
  • a second guiding module of the menu protocol package configured to, according to a setting of an internal preset protocol packet address table, the menu protocol package is directed to the target terminal;
  • the protocol packet address table is configured with a protocol packet directed to the CPU module whose destination address is the access network address of the current access switch, and a port that is forwarded by the protocol packet whose destination address is the address of the other access network device.
  • the node server can base the source terminal and target based on the settings of the preset protocol packet address table.
  • the terminal sends a menu protocol package.
  • the node server further includes: a unicast address table determining module, configured to determine, according to the service type information, that the currently set data packet address table is a unicast data packet address table.
  • the ports that are directed include:
  • the destination address is a downlink port directed by the unicast packet of the source terminal; and the destination address is a downlink port directed by the unicast packet of the target terminal.
  • the node server notifies the access switch that there are two cases:
  • the communication port information of the access switch includes uplink port information of an access switch in an uplink, and an access switch in the downlink Downstream port information;
  • the port that the access switch directs to the unicast data packet of the current service set in the internal unicast data packet address table according to the port configuration command includes:
  • the destination address is the uplink port of the access switch in the uplink and the downlink port of the access switch in the downlink, which are directed by the unicast packet of the target terminal.
  • the communication port information of the access switch includes uplink port and downlink port information of the access switch in the uplink, and access in the downlink Uplink port and downlink port information of the switch;
  • the port that the access switch directs to the unicast data packet of the current service set in the internal unicast data packet address table according to the port configuration command includes:
  • the destination address is an uplink port and a downlink port of the access switch in the uplink that is directed by the unicast data packet of the target terminal; and the destination address is the access switch of the downlink that is directed by the unicast data packet of the source terminal.
  • the downstream port of the upstream port is an uplink port and a downlink port of the access switch in the uplink that is directed by the unicast data packet of the target terminal; and the destination address is the access switch of the downlink that is directed by the unicast data packet of the source terminal.
  • the node server further includes:
  • a service processing command sending module configured to send a service processing command to the source terminal and the target terminal respectively
  • the source terminal includes a command execution module, configured to perform a corresponding operation according to the service processing command
  • the target terminal includes a command execution module for performing a corresponding operation according to the service processing command.
  • the communication link acquisition module of the node server includes:
  • the multicast communication request request receiving submodule is configured to receive a service request protocol packet for requesting a multicast communication service initiated by the target terminal, where the service request protocol packet includes service type information, service content information, and an access network address of the target terminal.
  • the service content information includes a service number;
  • a source terminal address extraction submodule configured to extract an access network address of the source terminal in the preset content-address mapping table according to the service number
  • a multicast address first allocation sub-module configured to acquire a multicast address corresponding to the source terminal, and allocate the multicast address to the target terminal;
  • the multicast application link calculation submodule is configured to obtain communication link information of the current multicast service according to the service type information, the source terminal, and the access network address of the target terminal.
  • the multicast data packet may be sent by the source terminal.
  • the communication link acquiring module of the node server further includes:
  • the multicast communication initiation request receiving submodule is configured to receive a service request protocol packet that is initiated by the source terminal and initiate a multicast communication service, where the service request protocol packet includes service type information, service content information, and access of the source terminal. a network address, where the service content information includes a service number;
  • a second allocation sub-module of the multicast address configured to allocate a multicast address to the source terminal according to the service request protocol packet
  • an uplink calculation sub-module configured to obtain, according to the service type information, the communication link information of the current multicast service uplink, by the node server and the access network address of the source terminal.
  • Another possible multicast service is that when the source terminal sends a multicast packet, it also The multicast data packet is received, in which case the communication link acquisition module of the node server further includes:
  • a downlink calculation sub-module configured to obtain, according to the service type information, the communication link information of the current multicast service downlink, by the node server and the access network address of the source terminal.
  • the node server further includes:
  • the multicast address table determining module is configured to determine, according to the service type information, that the currently set data packet address table is a multicast data packet address table.
  • the node server acts as the master node in the access network, the multicast service communication only involves the downlink port of the node server, so the node server sets the multicast packet of the current service in its internal multicast packet address table.
  • the ports that are directed include:
  • the destination address is the downlink port to which the multicast packet of the multicast address is directed.
  • the communication port information of the access switch acquired by the node server includes uplink port information of the access switch in the uplink, and downlink port information of the access switch in the downlink;
  • the port that the access switch is directed to by the current serving multicast packet set in the internal multicast packet address table according to the port configuration command includes:
  • the destination address is the uplink port of the access switch in the uplink and the downlink port of the access switch in the downlink, which are directed by the multicast packet of the multicast address.
  • the communication port information of the access switch acquired by the node server further includes downlink port information of the access switch in the uplink;
  • the port that the access switch is directed to by the current service multicast packet set in the internal multicast packet address table of the port configuration command further includes:
  • the destination address is the downlink port of the access switch in the uplink that is directed by the multicast packet of the multicast address.
  • the port configuration command is recorded in a protocol package
  • the node server further includes:
  • a protocol packet guiding module configured to direct the protocol packet to a corresponding connection by connecting a downlink port of the corresponding access switch according to a setting of a downlink protocol packet address table preset therein Into the switch;
  • the downlink protocol packet address table is provided with a downlink port that is forwarded by a protocol packet whose destination address is a lower-level access network device address.
  • the communication link acquisition module of the node server further includes:
  • the communication link selection sub-module is configured to select one of the communication link information as the communication link information of the current service according to a preset rule when obtaining the communication link information of the plurality of current services.
  • the preset rule may be that the node server obtains the traffic information of each communication link, and the traffic information of the current service, and determines that the communication link with the smallest used traffic is the communication link information of the current service; or
  • the preset rule may also obtain the bandwidth information of each communication link for the node server, and the bandwidth information of the current service, and determine the communication link with the largest bandwidth as the communication link information of the current service.
  • the access switch when the access switch is an access switch connected between the source terminal and the node server, the access switch further includes:
  • a protocol packet guiding module configured to, according to the setting of the internal preset uplink protocol packet address table, direct the service request protocol packet initiated by the source terminal to the node server through the uplink port of the access switch;
  • the uplink protocol packet address table is provided with an uplink port that is forwarded by a protocol packet whose destination address is a node server address.
  • the node server After completing the current service, the node server further includes:
  • a server port release module configured to: in the internal data packet address table, after the completion of the current service, translate the port that is set by the current service data packet;
  • the switch port release configuration module is configured to send a port release command to the access switch participating in the current service
  • the access switch further includes:
  • the port release module is configured to release the port that is set to the current service data packet in the internal packet address table according to the port translation command.
  • the node server may further include: a service end command sending module, configured to send a service end command to the source terminal and/or the target terminal;
  • the source terminal further includes a first end service module, configured to end service processing according to the service end command;
  • the target terminal further includes a second end service module for ending the service processing according to the service end command.
  • the node server is further provided with an address information table in which the address occupation information, the device identification information, and the device resource information are recorded.
  • the node server further includes: an address information table modification module, configured to modify content in the preset address information table, where the modifying includes: corresponding to the translation port The address occupation information of the entry is updated to be unoccupied; and the corresponding device identification information and device resource information are updated.
  • the access network device may access the new network by using the following functional modules:
  • the node server includes a downlink protocol packet sending module that sends a downlink protocol packet to the access switch, and a first network access command sending module that sends an incoming network command according to the uplink protocol packet replied by the access switch;
  • the access switch further includes:
  • the No. 0 table initializes the configuration module, and is configured to set all downlink protocol packet-oriented CPU modules in the internal downlink protocol packet address table when the power is turned on;
  • a downlink protocol packet receiving module configured to direct, according to the setting of the downlink protocol packet address table, the received downlink protocol packet to a CPU module of the access switch, where the downlink protocol packet includes an access network address to be allocated ;
  • An uplink protocol packet replying module configured to generate an uplink protocol packet by the CPU module, and send the uplink protocol packet to the node server;
  • a first network access command receiving module configured to receive a network access command sent by the node server, where the network access command includes an access network address of the access switch, where the access network address is The address of the access network to be allocated in the downlink protocol packet received by the access switch;
  • the first setting module of the No. 0 table is used to update the internal downlink protocol packet address table, and only the protocol packet whose destination address is its own access network address is directed to the CPU module.
  • the access switch is connected to other subordinate access network devices.
  • the node server sends a port allocation packet to the access switch that has entered the network, which is a preferred implementation of the present invention.
  • the node server further includes a port allocation packet sending module, configured to send a port allocation packet to the access switch that has entered the network, where the port allocation packet includes port allocation information, and the port allocation information is a downlink protocol packet of each port. Information directed to each downlink port of the access switch;
  • the access switch further includes:
  • a first guiding module configured to direct a port allocation packet whose destination address is its own access network address to the CPU module
  • the second setting module of the No. 0 table is configured to set, according to the port allocation information, a downlink port that is directed by each port downlink protocol packet in the internal downlink protocol packet address table.
  • the node server further includes a port downlink protocol packet sending module, configured to send a port downlink protocol packet to the access switch that has entered the network, where the port downlink protocol packet includes an access network address to be allocated. ;
  • the access switch further includes:
  • the second guiding module is configured to direct the port downlink protocol packet to the corresponding downlink port according to the setting of the internal downlink protocol packet address table.
  • the access network device further includes a lower-level access network device connected to the downlink port of the network access switch, and the node server further includes a network access command for sending the network access command to the lower-level access network device. a second network access command sending module;
  • the subordinate access network device includes:
  • a port uplink protocol packet replying module configured to generate a port uplink protocol packet for the received port downlink protocol packet, and send the packet to the node server;
  • a second network access command receiving module configured to receive a network access command sent by the node server, where the network access command includes an access network address of the lower-level access switch, where the access network address is The address of the access network to be allocated in the downlink protocol packet of the port received by the lower-level access switch.
  • a node server including:
  • a service request receiving module configured to receive a service request protocol packet initiated by the source terminal
  • a communication link obtaining module configured to acquire, according to the service request protocol packet initiated by the source terminal, information about the communication link of the current service, where the communication link
  • the information includes: communication port information of the access switch participating in the current service;
  • the switch port configuration module is configured to send a port configuration command to the corresponding access switch according to the communication port information of the access switch.
  • the communication link information may further include communication port information of the node server participating in the current service.
  • the node server may further include an address table configuration module, configured to use, according to the communication port information of the node server, The internal packet address table sets the port to which the packet of the secondary service is directed.
  • the communication connection method of the embodiment of the present invention is applicable not only to multicast communication but also to unicast communication, that is, the service request initiated by the source terminal includes a unicast communication service request and a multicast communication service request, and correspondingly
  • the data packet address table may include a unicast data packet address table and a multicast data packet address table.
  • the communication link obtaining module includes: a unicast service protocol packet receiving submodule, configured to receive a service request protocol initiated by the source terminal and used to establish a unicast communication service with the target terminal. a packet, the service request protocol packet includes service type information, service content information, and an access network address of the source terminal, where the service content information includes a service number;
  • a target terminal address obtaining submodule configured to extract an access network address of the target terminal in the preset content-address mapping table according to the service number
  • a communication link calculation submodule configured to acquire communication link information of the current service according to the service type information, the source terminal, and the access network address of the target terminal.
  • the communication link information may be one-way communication link information, such as the source terminal initiating a unicast service request to the target terminal, or the target terminal to the source terminal The unicast service request is initiated; or the communication link information may also be two-way communication link information, for example, the source terminal and the target terminal initiate a unicast service request to the opposite end.
  • the node server In the process of establishing a communication connection, the node server notifies the source terminal and the target terminal, and determines whether the current communication link can be adopted according to the response of the target terminal, that is, in a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the node server further Includes:
  • a menu protocol packet sending module configured to send a menu protocol package to the source terminal and the target terminal;
  • the response protocol packet receiving module is configured to receive a response protocol packet sent by the target terminal for the vegetable package protocol packet.
  • the node server further includes:
  • the unicast address table determining module is configured to determine, according to the service type information, that the currently set data packet address table is a unicast data packet address table.
  • the ports that are directed include:
  • the destination address is a downlink port directed by the unicast packet of the source terminal; and the destination address is a downlink port directed by the unicast packet of the target terminal.
  • the node server may further send a service processing command to the source terminal and the target terminal, such as a codec command, that is, the node server further includes:
  • the service processing command sending module is configured to send a service processing command to the source terminal and the target terminal respectively.
  • the communication link obtaining module includes: a multicast communication request request receiving submodule, configured to receive a service request protocol packet for requesting a multicast communication service initiated by the target terminal, and the service request
  • the protocol package includes service type information, service content information, and an access network address of the target terminal, where the service content information includes a service number;
  • a source terminal address extraction submodule for presetting the content-address according to the service number In the mapping table, extract the access network address of the source terminal;
  • a multicast address first allocation sub-module configured to acquire a multicast address corresponding to the source terminal, and allocate the multicast address to the target terminal;
  • the multicast application link calculation submodule is configured to obtain communication link information of the current multicast service according to the service type information, the source terminal, and the access network address of the target terminal.
  • the multicast data packet may be sent by the source terminal.
  • the communication link acquiring module further includes:
  • the multicast communication initiation request receiving submodule is configured to receive a service request protocol packet that is initiated by the source terminal and initiate a multicast communication service, where the service request protocol packet includes service type information, service content information, and access of the source terminal. a network address, where the service content information includes a service number;
  • a second allocation sub-module of the multicast address configured to allocate a multicast address to the source terminal according to the service request protocol packet
  • an uplink calculation sub-module configured to obtain, according to the service type information, the communication link information of the current multicast service uplink, by the node server and the access network address of the source terminal.
  • the communication link acquisition module further includes: downlink calculation And a submodule, configured to obtain, according to the service type information, the node and the access network address of the source terminal, and obtain the communication link information of the current multicast service downlink.
  • the node server further includes:
  • the multicast address table determining module is configured to determine, according to the service type information, that the currently set data packet address table is a multicast data packet address table.
  • the node server acts as the master node in the access network, the multicast service communication only involves the downlink port of the node server, so the node server sets the multicast packet of the current service in its internal multicast packet address table.
  • the ports that are directed include:
  • the destination address is the downlink port to which the multicast packet of the multicast address is directed.
  • the port configuration command is recorded in a protocol package
  • the node server further includes: a protocol packet guiding module, configured to direct the protocol packet to a corresponding access switch by connecting a downlink port of the corresponding access switch according to a setting of a downlink protocol packet address table preset therein;
  • the downlink protocol packet address table is provided with a downlink port that is forwarded by a protocol packet whose destination address is a lower-level access network device address.
  • the node server when sending a port configuration command to the access switch, may further send a service processing command to the target terminal, where the target terminal performs a corresponding operation according to the service processing command; or, the node server may also send the source to the source.
  • the terminal sends a service processing command, and the source terminal performs a corresponding operation according to the service processing command. That is, preferably, the node server further includes:
  • a service processing command first sending module configured to send a service processing command to the target terminal;
  • the service processing command is a second sending module, configured to send a service processing command to the source terminal. If the node server currently obtains communication link information of a plurality of current services, the communication link acquisition module further includes:
  • the communication link selection sub-module is configured to select one of the communication link information as the communication link information of the current service according to a preset rule when obtaining the communication link information of the plurality of current services.
  • the preset rule may be that the node server obtains the traffic information of each communication link, and the traffic information of the secondary service, and determines the communication link with the smallest used traffic as the current time. Communication link information for the service.
  • the preset rule may also obtain the bandwidth information of each communication link for the node server, and the bandwidth information of the secondary service, and determine the communication link with the largest bandwidth as the communication link information of the current service.
  • the node server After completing the current service, the node server further includes:
  • a server port release module configured to: in the internal data packet address table, after the completion of the current service, translate the port that is set by the current service data packet;
  • the switch port release configuration module is configured to send a port release command to the access switch participating in the current service.
  • the node server further includes:
  • the service end command sending module is configured to issue a service end command to the source terminal and/or the target terminal.
  • the node server is further provided with an address information table in which the address occupation information, the device identification information, and the device resource information are recorded.
  • the node server further includes an address information table modification module, configured to modify content in the preset address information table, where the modification includes a correspondence table of the translation port
  • the address occupation information of the item is updated to be unoccupied; and the corresponding device identification information and device resource information are updated.
  • An embodiment of the present invention further discloses an access switch, including:
  • a port configuration command receiving module configured to receive a port configuration command sent by the node server, where the port configuration command includes communication port information of the access switch participating in the current service in the communication link information of the current service;
  • the communication link information is generated according to a service request protocol packet initiated by the source terminal;
  • the address table configuration module is configured to set, according to the port configuration command, a port that is directed by the data packet of the current service in the internal data packet address table.
  • the service request initiated by the source terminal includes a unicast communication service request and a multicast communication service request; and correspondingly, the data packet address table includes a unicast data packet address table and a multicast data packet address table.
  • the node server In the process of establishing a communication connection, the node server notifies the source terminal and the target terminal, and determines whether the current communication link can be adopted according to the response of the target terminal, that is, in a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the access switch a first access switch between the node server and the source terminal, and a second access switch between the node server and the target terminal;
  • the first access switch further includes:
  • Menu protocol package first guiding module for setting according to its internal preset protocol packet address table Setting, the menu protocol package is directed to the source terminal;
  • the second access switch further includes:
  • a second guiding module of the menu protocol package configured to, according to a setting of an internal preset protocol packet address table, the menu protocol package is directed to the target terminal;
  • the protocol packet address table is configured with a protocol packet directed to the CPU module whose destination address is the access network address of the current access switch, and a port that is forwarded by the protocol packet whose destination address is the address of the other access network device.
  • the node server can send the menu protocol package to the source terminal and the target terminal based on the setting of the preset protocol packet address table.
  • the node server notifies the access switch that there are two cases:
  • the communication port information of the access switch includes uplink port information of an access switch in an uplink, and an access switch in the downlink Downstream port information;
  • the port that the access switch directs to the unicast data packet of the current service set in the internal unicast data packet address table according to the port configuration command includes:
  • the destination address is the uplink port of the access switch in the uplink and the downlink port of the access switch in the downlink, which are directed by the unicast packet of the target terminal.
  • the communication port information of the access switch includes uplink port and downlink port information of the access switch in the uplink, and access in the downlink Uplink port and downlink port information of the switch;
  • the port that the access switch directs to the unicast data packet of the current service set in the internal unicast data packet address table according to the port configuration command includes:
  • the destination address is an uplink port and a downlink port of the access switch in the uplink that is directed by the unicast data packet of the target terminal; and the destination address is the access switch of the downlink that is directed by the unicast data packet of the source terminal.
  • the downstream port of the upstream port is an uplink port and a downlink port of the access switch in the uplink that is directed by the unicast data packet of the target terminal; and the destination address is the access switch of the downlink that is directed by the unicast data packet of the source terminal.
  • the communication port information of the access switch includes uplink port information of the access switch in the uplink, and downlink port information of the access switch in the downlink;
  • the port that the access switch is directed to by the current serving multicast packet set in the internal multicast packet address table according to the port configuration command includes:
  • the destination address is the uplink port of the access switch in the uplink and the downlink port of the access switch in the downlink, which are directed by the multicast packet of the multicast address.
  • the multicast data packet may be sent by the source terminal.
  • the communication port information of the access switch further includes the downlink port information of the access switch in the uplink.
  • the port that the access switch is directed to by the current service multicast packet set in the internal multicast packet address table of the port configuration command further includes:
  • the destination address is the downlink port of the access switch in the uplink that is directed by the multicast packet of the multicast address.
  • Another possible multicast service is that the source terminal also receives the multicast data packet when sending the multicast data packet, in which case the access switch is connected to the source terminal and the node.
  • An access switch between the servers, where the access switch further includes:
  • a protocol packet guiding module configured to, according to the setting of the internal preset uplink protocol packet address table, direct the service request protocol packet initiated by the source terminal to the node server through the uplink port of the access switch;
  • the uplink protocol packet address table is provided with an uplink port that is forwarded by a protocol packet whose destination address is a node server address.
  • the access switch further includes:
  • the port release module is configured to release the port that is set to the current service data packet in the internal packet address table according to the port release command sent by the node server.
  • the node server of the present invention mainly includes a network interface module, a switching engine module, a CPU module, and a disk array module.
  • the access switch of the present invention mainly includes a network interface module (a downlink network interface module). , the uplink network interface module), the switching engine module, and the CPU module; because the above hardware modules are different for different processing situations, the functions performed are different, for example, the switching engine module is for different packages ( The protocol list is different, and the obtained packet information is different. For example, if the CPU module receives the packet, it may be an address table or an analysis.
  • the modules involved in the network access system of the node server, the access switch, and the access network device of the present invention are mainly described from a functional perspective. In essence, however, these functional modules correspond to actual hardware modules. Compared with the prior art, the present invention has the following advantages:
  • the invention is implemented by the main control server, when the service request is initiated (in the process of the protocol interaction established by the communication process), and the transmission path of the service data is set in the manner of configuring the table for each access switch for the service request.
  • the transmission may be directly performed according to the transmission path, without using the solution of the existing IP protocol, and each data packet negotiates the transmission route by itself.
  • the present invention can ensure the stability and smoothness of the transmission path and avoid the delay of the multimedia service.
  • the present invention adopts a matching manner for all data services (especially unicast data packets), and sets a path in advance, so as to meet the needs of national information security. For example, for national information security, it needs to monitor some data in the new network. With the method of the present invention, the data transmitted by the service can be easily directed to the monitoring channel to ensure the country. The need for information security.
  • the access switch does not need to perform routing calculation for each data packet, nor does it need to maintain the topology of the network device around it, and only needs to perform guided transmission according to the configured packet address table.
  • the guiding process can be implemented by hardware, which can greatly improve the guiding efficiency of the switch, and can greatly reduce the computing requirements of the switch and save hardware resources.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing the hardware structure of a node server according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of hardware of an access switch according to the present invention
  • 3 is a schematic diagram of connection of a node server, an access switch, and a terminal according to the present invention
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a process of accessing a network of an access switch according to the present invention:
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a connection between a node server and an access switch according to the present invention
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a terminal network access process according to the present invention. detailed description
  • the inventor of the present invention believes that the sufficient conditions for realizing the quality assurance of the whole network of the present invention are as follows:
  • the "Effort Efforts" mechanism in the core theory of IP Internet will inevitably lead to uneven network traffic and frequent packet loss.
  • the TCP protocol uses the network packet loss status to regulate the transmission traffic.
  • the inventor of this patent believes that the current various QoS methods are based on a false assumption. Based on this assumption, the solution to QoS is to provide priority for video traffic. But the fact is, because the network traffic required by different media forms is extremely uneven, as long as a few people use video services, the video traffic on the network will occupy the absolute subject.
  • IP Internet is like a country road in the early days. It does not require traffic police in a simple town. However, in the bustling metropolis, the traffic lights and traffic police on some lively sections can't control the chaos. It is difficult to determine the time to travel, just like today's IP Internet.
  • the invention is like a highway, does not require police and traffic lights, cement-separated lanes and overpasses ensure that the car is on a prescribed road. According to the experience of the California Department of Transportation, the way to avoid traffic jams on highways is to close the entrance ramp.
  • the embodiment of the invention follows the principle of the telephone network and adopts three measures similar to the above-mentioned expressway: • Each channel calculates and measures the flow, once the flow is near saturation, take a detour or reject new users.
  • the TV can achieve a packet loss rate of one-hundredth of a million under 90% of the heavy-duty traffic.
  • Computer files and streaming media are two distinct forms of media that are mutually exclusive.
  • the network theory and practice of the present invention reveals two outcomes:
  • the present invention is a hundred times better than the IP Internet.
  • Embodiments of the present invention provide a complete transparent bearer IP Internet solution.
  • the PSTN telephone network uses a strict synchronization mechanism, and network congestion does not occur until the traffic is 100% full.
  • network congestion does not occur until the traffic is 100% full.
  • it is still linked.
  • network traffic can be close to the limit without packet loss. Since it occupies more than 90% of the video media stream in future network traffic, it has its own characteristics. Therefore, the Internet quality assurance approach of the present invention, which is mainly aimed at the video service, naturally eliminates the unevenness of the source traffic, especially in the sense of preventing the packet loss phenomenon of the network switch under heavy load conditions.
  • a connection-oriented circuit is established by using an improved Ethernet, and a fixed length data packet is uniformly used in the entire network. As long as the time interval of sending packets is changed, a media stream of any bandwidth can be obtained.
  • the Internet of the present invention requires that the terminal design must have a current sharing capability. However, in the actual network environment, it is obviously impossible to hope that the user will consciously abide by the current sharing regulations. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, the node server issues a pass to the network switch, and only allows the user. Packets are passed with very fine time precision. For user terminals designed to meet the specified requirements, the pass is completely transparent.
  • the switch of the present invention can achieve a overloaded packet loss rate of more than one million in a condition of 90% bandwidth utilization.
  • the new network is a centralized control network structure.
  • the network can be a tree network, a star network, a ring network, etc., but on this basis, a centralized control node is needed in the network to control the entire network.
  • the new network is divided into two parts: the access network and the metropolitan area network.
  • the devices in the access network can be divided into three categories: node servers, access switches, and terminals (including various set-top boxes, code boards, memories, etc.).
  • the node server is a node in the access network that functions as a centralized control, and can control the access switch and the terminal.
  • the node server can be directly connected to the access switch or directly connected to the terminal.
  • devices in the metropolitan area network can be divided into three categories: metro servers, node switches, and node servers.
  • the node server is the node server of the access network part, that is, the node server belongs to both the access network part and the metropolitan area network part.
  • the metropolitan area server is a node in the metropolitan area network that has centralized control functions, and can control node switches and node servers.
  • the metro server can be directly connected to the node switch or directly to the node server. It can be seen that the whole new network is a layered and centralized control network structure, and the network controlled by the node server and the metropolitan area server can be various structures such as a tree type, a star type, and a ring type.
  • the devices in the novel network system of the present invention can be mainly classified into three categories: servers, switches (including Ethernet gateways), terminals (including various set top boxes, code boards, memories, etc.).
  • the new network can be divided into a metropolitan area network (or national network, global network, etc.) and an access network as a whole.
  • the devices in the access network can be mainly divided into three categories: node server, access switch (including Ethernet gateway), terminal (including various set-top boxes, code boards, memory, etc.).
  • each access network device is:
  • the network interface module 101, the switching engine module 102, the CPU module 103, and the disk array module are mainly included;
  • the packets from the network interface module 101, the CPU module 103, and the disk array module 104 all enter the switching engine module 102; the switching engine module 102 performs an operation of checking the address table 105 for the incoming packet, thereby obtaining the packet guiding information; The packet's navigation information stores the packet in the queue of the corresponding packet buffer 106; if the packet buffer 106 is nearly full, it is discarded; the switching engine module 102 polls all packet buffer queues, and forwards if the following conditions are met: : 1) The port send buffer is not full; 2) The queue packet counter is greater than zero.
  • the disk array module 104 mainly implements control of the hard disk, including operations such as initialization, reading and writing of the hard disk.
  • the CPU module 103 is mainly responsible for protocol processing with the access switch and the terminal (not shown), and the address table 105 is The configuration of the downlink protocol packet address table, the uplink protocol packet address table, and the packet address table, and the configuration of the disk array module 104.
  • the network interface module (the downlink network interface module 201, the upstream network interface module 202), the switching engine module 203, and the CPU module 204 are mainly included;
  • the packet (uplink data) coming in by the downlink network interface module 201 enters the packet detecting module 205; the packet detecting module 205 detects whether the packet destination address (DA), the source address (SA), the packet type, and the packet length meet the requirements, if If yes, the corresponding stream identifier (stream-id) is assigned and enters the switching engine module 203, otherwise discarded; the incoming packet (downlink data) of the upstream network interface module 202 enters the switching engine module 203; the data entered by the CPU module 204 The packet enters the switching engine module 203; the switching engine module 203 performs an operation of checking the address table 206 for the incoming packet, thereby obtaining the guiding information of the packet; if entering the switching engine module 203
  • the packet is the downlink network interface to the uplink network interface, and the packet is stored in the queue of the corresponding packet buffer 207 in conjunction with the stream identifier (stream-id); if the queue of the packet buffer 207 is nearly full, the packet is lost.
  • the data packet is stored in the queue of the corresponding packet buffer 207 according to the packet guiding information; if the packet buffer 207 is The queue is nearly full and discarded.
  • the switching engine module 203 polls all packet buffer queues, which are divided into two cases in the embodiment of the present invention:
  • the queue is the downlink network interface to the uplink network interface, the following conditions are met: 1) the port transmission buffer is not full; 2) the queue packet counter is greater than zero; 3) obtaining the token generated by the rate control module ;
  • the queue is not the downstream network interface to the upstream network interface, the following conditions are met for forwarding: 1) the port transmission buffer is not full; 2) the queue packet counter is greater than zero.
  • the rate control module 208 is configured by the CPU module 204 to generate a token for all downlink network interfaces to the packet buffer queue of the uplink network interface in a programmable interval to control the bit rate of the uplink forwarding.
  • the CPU module 204 is primarily responsible for protocol processing with the node server, configuration of the address table 206, and configuration of the rate control module 208.
  • the utility model mainly comprises a network interface module, a service processing module and a CPU module; for example, the set top box mainly comprises a network interface module, an audio and video codec engine module and a CPU module; the coding board mainly comprises a network interface module, an audio and video coding engine module and a CPU module; It mainly includes network interface module, CPU module and disk array module.
  • the devices in the metropolitan area network can be mainly divided into two categories: node server, node switch, and metropolitan area server.
  • the node switch mainly includes a network interface module, a switching engine module, and a CPU module;
  • the metropolitan area server mainly includes a network interface module, a switching engine module, and a CPU module.
  • the data packet of the access network mainly includes the following parts: destination address (DA), source address (SA), reserved byte, payload (PDU), CRC.
  • the data packets of the access network mainly include the following parts:
  • the destination address (DA) consists of 8 bytes (byte), the first byte indicates the type of packet (such as various protocol packets, multicast packets, unicast packets, etc.), and there are up to 256 possibilities.
  • the second byte to the sixth byte are the metropolitan area network addresses, and the seventh and eighth bytes are the access network addresses;
  • SA source address
  • DA destination address
  • the reserved byte consists of 2 bytes
  • the CRC consists of 4 bytes and its calculation method follows the standard Ethernet CRC algorithm.
  • the topology of the metropolitan area network is a pattern. There may be two or even more than two connections between the two devices, that is, the node switch and the node server, the node switch, and the node switch, the node switch, and the node server may exceed 2 kinds of connections.
  • the metropolitan area network (LAN) device is unique. To accurately describe the connection between the metropolitan area network devices, the parameter: label is introduced in the embodiment of the present invention to uniquely describe a metropolitan area network device.
  • the definition of the label in this manual is similar to the definition of the label of the MPLS (Multi-Protocol Label Switch). If there are two connections between the device A and the device B, then the data packet is from device A to device B. 2 labels, data packets from device B to device A There are also 2 labels.
  • the tag is tagged and tagged. Assume that the tag (inbound tag) of the packet entering device A is 0x0000, and the tag (out tag) when the packet leaves device A may become 0x0001.
  • the access network process of the metropolitan area network is the network access process under centralized control, which means that the address allocation and label allocation of the metropolitan area network are dominated by the metropolitan area server, and the node switch and the node server are passively executed.
  • the label assignment with MPLS is different.
  • the label assignment of MPLS is the result of mutual negotiation between the switch and the server.
  • the metropolitan area network data packet mainly includes the following parts:
  • the format of the label can be defined as follows: The label is 32bit, of which the high 16bit is reserved, only the lower 16bit, and its position is between the reserved byte of the packet and ayload.
  • a downlink protocol packet (a protocol packet sent by the node server to the access switch and the terminal); an uplink protocol packet (by the access switch, the terminal) a protocol packet that responds to the node server); a unicast packet;
  • the address of the access network is 16 bits in total, so the total number of access switches and terminals that can be accessed is 65536. It is assumed that the datagram type of the downlink protocol packet is "1000 0000" (binary), that is, 0x80 (hexadecimal). The datagram type of the upstream protocol packet is "0000 1000" (binary), which is 0x08 (hexadecimal). The datagram type of the unicast packet is "0001 0000" (binary), which is 0x10 (16). In hexadecimal), the datagram type of the multicast packet is "0111 1000" (binary), which is 0x78 (hexadecimal). By combining the same items, the 8-bit long address table can be mapped to a 2-bit long address table. , E.g
  • the output of the address table indicates the packet-oriented port.
  • one of the access switches, ⁇ -008 has one uplink 100 Mbps network port, eight downlink 100 Mbps network ports, and one CPU module interface. If the eight downlink 100M network ports are defined as ports 0 to 7, respectively, the CPU module interface is defined as port 8, and one upstream 100M network port is defined as port 9, which requires a total of 256K X lObit addresses.
  • the output of the address table is "00 0000 0001" indicating the packet-oriented port 0, "11 0000 0000" indicating the packet-oriented port 8, port 9, and so on.
  • port 9 has a packet with its destination address (DA) of 0x8056 0x1500 0x0000 0x55aa, then its packet type is 0x80, and the access network address is 0x55aa, then the table 0 is checked according to the table check rule. That is, the address is "00 0101 0101 1010 1010", and the output of the address table corresponding to this address is "01 0000 0000", indicating that the packet is directed to port 8.
  • DA destination address
  • Sl, set-top box STB-0 sends a service request protocol packet
  • the DA (destination address) of the packet is 0x0800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 (that is, the address of MSS-400)
  • SA (source address) is 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009;
  • This can include reserved 0x0000 (reserved words), as shown in the following table:
  • the program number and broadcast channel number involved in the service application are all placed in the service parameters, for example:
  • the month parameter is SERVICE_TYPE_ TELEPHONE_REQUEST or SERVICE_TYPE_ TELEPHONE_DIRECT.
  • the service request protocol packet is directed to the node server MSS-400 according to the configuration of the access table BX-008-0 connected between the set top box STB-0 and the node server MSS-400, the node server MSS -400 judges the application (service type) of the visual communication according to the content of the package, and checks the CAM table (content-address mapping table) according to the service number to know that the called party (target terminal) is STB-1, according to its internal address
  • the information table knows the topology of the link involved in the service, and determines that the link is allowed. The two parties can communicate.
  • DA is 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0012
  • SA is 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000, reserved 0x0000
  • the PDU part is shown in the above table.
  • the two menu protocol packages are respectively directed to the set top box STB.
  • STB— 0 and STB— 1 the called STB 1 issues an application SERVICE — TYPE — PERMISSION is connected to STB — 1 and communicates with the node server MSS-400.
  • the DA of the packet is 0x0800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000, SA 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0012, reserved 0x0000, the service parameter is SERVICE TYPE PERMISSION, the PDU part is shown in the following table: 8e01
  • the response protocol packet is directed to the node server MSS-400, and the node server MSS-400 determines to receive the application for accepting the visual communication according to the content of the packet, according to
  • the service number check CAM table knows that the called party is STB-1.
  • the node server MSS-400 knows the link topology involved in the service, and determines that the link is allowed, and the two parties can communicate.
  • the node server MSS-400 sends port configuration commands to all access switches on the uplink (calling path) and downlink (called path). It is required to simultaneously open the uplink of the other party's address and the downlink of its own address.
  • the DA of the second packet is 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0001
  • SA is 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000, reserved 0x0000
  • the PDU part is shown in the following table:
  • the DA of the first packet is 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0002
  • SA is 0x0000 x0000 0x0000 0x0000, reserved 0x0000
  • the PDU part is shown in the following table:
  • the DA of the second packet is 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0002
  • SA is 0x0000 x0000 0x0000 0x0000, reserved 0x0000
  • the PDU part is shown in the following table: Field number length code description
  • the encoding type is as shown in the following table:
  • the first four packets sent to the access switch are respectively Guided to BX-008-0, BX-008-1.
  • the access switch BX-008-1 configures its own No. 2 table as follows:
  • the next two packets sent to the set-top box are respectively directed to the set-top box STB. -0, STB-1.
  • the set-top box STB-0 and STB-1 can start encoding and decoding according to the content of the packet, and receive and send unicast data.
  • the process of the set top box STB-0, STB-1 transmitting and receiving unicast data based on the communication link is:
  • STB-0 sends a unicast packet to the set-top box STB-1.
  • the DA of the packet is 0x1000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0012; SA is 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009;
  • STB-1 sends a unicast packet to the STB-0, and the DA of the packet is
  • SA is 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0012;
  • the unicast data packet enters the access switch BX-008-1, and the switching engine module of the access switch BX-008-1 checks the No. 2 table according to the combined address field, and the address of the table is "10 0000 0000 0000 1001".
  • STB-0 applies for a video call to STB-1 to the MSS-400 server.
  • the service application package sent to the MSS-400 in STB-0 contains the type of service requested (this example is visual). Therefore, it contains the number of the other party, for example 8888 8888 8888);
  • the MSS-400 server After receiving the service request package, the MSS-400 server checks the service type to know that it is a videophone, and jumps into the videophone service process. According to the other party's number (8888 8888 8888), the MSS-400 server can obtain the STB by CAM search. 1 access network address (because when the STB-1 enters the network, the MSS-400 server will update the CAM content, update the address 0x0012 to 8888 8888 8888), according to the access network address of STB-0, STB-1, Check the address information table to know their topology information.
  • the server will be called by all the switches between the set-top box and the calling set-top box.
  • 2-way unicast data path (Including the address matching and accurate flow control of port 0 of BX-008-0 and port 1 of BX-008-1), modify the traffic information of the link of the address information table, and the server sends a codec command to both parties.
  • the set-top box STB-0 sends a service request protocol packet for initiating live broadcast
  • the DA of the packet is 0x0800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000
  • SA is 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009
  • reserved 0x0000 reserved word
  • the PDU part is as follows: 8e01
  • Terminal application command (terminal node server)
  • the service request protocol packet is directed to the node server MSS-400, the node server MSS- 400, according to the content of the package, judges that the application (service type) for initiating the live broadcast is received, and the CAM table (content-address mapping table) is found according to the service number to know that the user (source terminal) is STB-0, according to its internal address information table, Knowing the link topology involved in this service, it is determined that the link is allowed, and the live broadcast can be initiated, so the multicast address is allocated as 0x0008.
  • the node server sends a port configuration command to all access switches on the current communication link, requiring simultaneous opening of the upstream address of the other party address and the downlink of the own address.
  • the node server MS S-400 sends a packet to the access switch BX-008-0: packet DA 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0001, SA is 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000, reserved 0x0000 (reserved words), the PDU part is shown in the following table:
  • the MSS-400 sends a packet to the STB-0 set-top box (service processing command, this example is the codec command):
  • the DA of the packet is 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009
  • SA is 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000, reserved 0x0000
  • the PDU part is shown in the following table:
  • the packet sent to the access switch BX-008-0 will be directed to BX-008-0.
  • BX-008-0 configures its own No. 3 table as follows:
  • the packet sent to the set-top box STB-0 will be directed to STB-0.
  • STB-0 starts encoding and decoding according to the contents of the packet, and starts receiving and transmitting multicast data.
  • the process of the set top box STB-0 transmitting and receiving multicast data based on the current live broadcast initiation communication link is:
  • STB-0 sends a multicast packet
  • the DA of the packet is 0x7800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0008 (multicast address);
  • SA is 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009;
  • the multicast data packet enters the access switch BX-008-0, and the switching engine module of the access switch BX-008-0 checks the No. 3 table according to the combined address field, and the address of the table is "11 0000 0000 0000 1000"
  • DA 0x7800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0008 multicast packets are directed to port 0
  • Indicates that the downstream port No. 0 is opened, and the current multicast packet enters the set-top box STB-0 through the port No. 0.
  • the set-top box STB-1 applies to the node server MSS-400 for viewing live broadcast, the number is 0x6666 0x6666 0x6666 , the
  • Sl, set-top box STB-1 sends a service request protocol packet for watching live broadcast
  • the DA of the packet is 0x0800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000
  • SA is 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0012, reserved 0x0000
  • the PDU part is as shown in the following table:
  • the service request protocol packet is directed to the node server MSS-400, the node server MSS- 400 According to the content of the package, it is judged that the application for watching the live broadcast is received, and the CAM table is found according to the service number to know that the initiator (source terminal) is STB-0, and according to the internal address information table, the link involved in the service is known.
  • the topology determines that the link is allowed, and the live broadcast can be performed. Therefore, the assigned multicast address (corresponding to the multicast address assigned to the source terminal) is 0x0008.
  • the node server sends a port configuration command to all access switches on the current communication link, requiring simultaneous opening of the upstream address of the other party address and the downlink of the own address.
  • the node server MSS-400 configures its own table number 3 as follows:
  • the node server MSS-400 sends a packet to the access switch BX-008-0:
  • the DA of the packet is 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0001, SA is 0x0000 0x0000x0000 0x0000, reserved 0x0000, the PDU part is shown in the following table:
  • the node server MSS-400 sends a packet to the access switch BX-008-1:
  • the DA of the packet is 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0002
  • SA is 0x0000 0x0000x0000 0x0000, reserved 0x0000
  • the PDU part is as shown in the following table:
  • the node server MSS-400 sends the package to the STB-1:
  • the DA of the packet is 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0012
  • SA is 0x0000 0x0000 0 0x0000, reserved 0x0000
  • the PDU part is shown in the following table:
  • the multicast packet is directed to ports 0 and 9.
  • the access switch BX-008-1 is configured with its own table No. 3 as follows:
  • the packet sent to STB-1 of the set-top box will be directed to STB-1.
  • STB-1 receives multicast data and decodes according to the contents of the packet. Specifically, the process for the set top box STB-1 to receive multicast data based on the current communication link for watching live broadcast is:
  • STB-0 sends a multicast packet
  • the DA of the packet is 0x7800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0008 (multicast address);
  • SA is 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009;
  • the address (DA) is 0x7800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0008 multicast packets are directed to port 1), indicating that the downstream port 1 is opened, and the current multicast packet enters the access switch BX-008-1 through the port 1;
  • the access switch BX-008-1 After the access switch BX-008-1 receives the multicast data packet, its switching engine module checks the third table according to the combined address field.
  • the current multicast packet enters the set top box STB-1 through the port 1.
  • the code board (broadcast source)
  • the set-top box (the party that receives the broadcast).
  • the node server After the code board enters the network through the network management process, the node server sends a command to enable the code board to start encoding. Each code board compiles all the way to broadcast data.
  • the first is the set-top box to issue an application command.
  • the node server After receiving the application request from the set-top box, the node server knows that the set-top box wants to watch the broadcast, and knows which way the set-top box wants to broadcast. At this point the node server finds the path between the code board and the set top box. Issue commands to all switches on the path, for all switches between the code board and the set-top box The path of the road broadcast data is opened, and a decoding command is sent to the set top box at the same time. The set-top box can receive the broadcast.
  • the set-top box issues a stop command
  • the node server finds the path between the code board and the set-top box after receiving the stop command of the set-top box, and specifically closes the path of the broadcast data of all the switches between the code board and the set-top box (there is It is possible that the switch on the path has other set-top boxes watching the broadcast, so it cannot be directly turned off.
  • the command to stop decoding is sent to the set-top box, and the previous menu is sent to return the set-top box to the menu.
  • the broadcast data received by the set-top box is exactly the same as the broadcast data from the code board.
  • memory program source
  • set-top box one on-demand
  • the first is the set-top box to issue an application command, which gives the program number of the on-demand program.
  • the node server After receiving the application request from the set-top box, the node server knows that the set-top box is watching the on-demand, and knows which program the set-top box is going to watch. In the internal information table of the node server, it can be found out which memory the program is placed on.
  • the data on the watch-on-demand is unicast data, and the data address is the address of the set-top box.
  • the node server sends a read command to the memory (the program has a program number and a unicast data address), and the command memory sends the unicast data.
  • the memory finds that there is indeed the program on the memory, it starts to send the program, and at the same time sends a read command to the node server, indicating that the memory has started to send the program.
  • the node server After receiving the response from the memory, the node server finds the path between the memory and the set top box, opens the path for the unicast data of all the switches between the memory and the set top box, and sends a decoding command to the set top box.
  • the set-top box can be seen on demand. Stop watching:
  • the set top box issues a stop command
  • the node server sends a stop read command to the memory after receiving the stop command of the set top box, and the command memory stops transmitting the unicast data.
  • the memory stops transmitting, and at the same time, the stop disk read command is sent to the node server, indicating that the memory has stopped transmitting the program.
  • the node server After the node server receives the path between the memory and the set top box, the path of all the switches between the memory and the set top box for the unicast data is closed, and the command to stop decoding is sent to the set top box, and the previous page menu is sent. Let the set top box return to the menu.
  • the calling set-top box issues an application command with the number of the called set-top box.
  • the node server After receiving the application request of the set-top box, the node server first queries whether the called set-top box is connected to the network, and if the network access is not received, the calling set-top box application fails.
  • the called set-top box If the called set-top box has entered the network, it is checked whether the called set-top box is idle, and if it is not idle, the calling set-top box application fails.
  • the node server sends a call menu to the called set-top box, waiting for the called set-top box to answer.
  • the called set-top box can choose to accept or reject, and the response is sent to the node server.
  • the node server receives a response from the called set-top box. If it is rejected, inform the calling set-top box that the application failed.
  • the node server sends a codec command to both set-top boxes.
  • both set-top boxes must be coded at the same time.
  • the data is unicast data
  • the encoded address is the address of the other party
  • the decoded address is its own address.
  • the node server opens the path of the two unicast data for all switches between the called set top box and the calling set top box.
  • Both the called set-top box and the calling set-top box can apply for stopping.
  • Node server receiver After the stop command of the top box, all the switches between the called set top box and the calling set top box are closed for the two channels of unicast data. Then send the command to stop the codec to the called set-top box and the calling set-top box respectively, send the previous page menu, and let the set-top box return to the menu.
  • Live broadcast data is also broadcast data all the way
  • the set-top box issues an application command, and the node server automatically allocates one broadcast data after receiving the application, sends a codec command to the set-top box, and simultaneously commands the upper-layer switch of the set-top box to open the path of the broadcast data.
  • the set-top box can receive the broadcast that it initiated.
  • the originator is also the viewer.
  • the node server After receiving the application, the node server first queries whether the live broadcast party has entered the network, and whether the live broadcast has been initiated. The condition is not satisfied, telling the viewer to watch the set-top box failed to watch.
  • the node server needs to find the path between the originating party and the set-top box, and opens the path for the broadcast data of all the switches between the originating party and the viewing set-top box, and sends a decoding command to the set-top box.
  • the set-top box can be watched live.
  • the node server After watching the set-top box issue a stop command, the node server receives the stop command of the set-top box and finds the path between the originating party and the set-top box, and the path for the broadcast data of all the switches between the live broadcast party and the watch-top box is initiated.
  • Targeted shutdown possibly the switch on the path and other set-top boxes are watching the live broadcast, so can not be directly closed
  • sending a command to stop decoding to the set-top box send the previous menu, let the set-top box return to the menu
  • the live broadcast party issues a stop command. After the node server receives it, it first queries how many users are After watching the live broadcast, all the users watching the live broadcast follow the process of stopping the viewing, and then stop the codec command to the live broadcast party, and at the same time, command the upper switch of the set top box to close the path of the broadcast data.
  • the node server maintains the broadcast operation table.
  • Broadcast source Real-time analog encoder, real-time digitizer, stored program.
  • Node server limited broadcast viewer counter, refuses to add viewers after exceeding the set value.
  • Node server limited broadcast user group audit.
  • the OSD menu is displayed according to the HLP button, and the broadcast content can be stored in the personal mailbox.
  • Controlled Broadcasting You can selectively provide services to only a subset of users (such as toll booths). Controlled Broadcasting: The ratings can be counted at any time (even viewers' ratings).
  • Limited broadcast It can set thousands of broadcast channels, according to different limit values, to set a wide range of prices, and rent them to commercial customers (advertising, education, etc.).
  • the node server periodically sends OSD content that broadcasts the same address (DA) as the far source.
  • the user's set-top box displays the OSD content according to the HLP key and forwards the feedback value of the remote controller.
  • User proxy server receiving user feedback, user information table records (multicast DA, program timecode, ratings, and votes).
  • the user proxy server searches the user information table every second and sends the user voting result to the node server.
  • Audience feedback total number of participants, number of votes per goal point, and audience rating (YES/NO or 5-point scale).
  • Vote feedback from the broadcast channel can be used to specify questionnaire polls, Future star sea elections, etc.
  • VOD, MOD (unicast service)
  • the node server edits and records the on-demand confirmation content, including (program information, price information, audience feedback information).
  • the node server sends an on-demand confirmation menu and OSD content after receiving the user application.
  • the user's set-top box displays the OSD content (program play position, rating prompt) according to the HLP button, and forwards the remote control feedback value.
  • the user proxy server records the user information table. When the on-demand is over, the user rating result is sent to the node server.
  • Audience feedback total clicks, audience rating (5-point system).
  • VOD services Content can be mass media, or niche media (TV blogs, professional education, product operation and maintenance, etc.).
  • the audio uses independent two channels.
  • Node server on the basis of VOD, add audio text on demand and audio picture on demand.
  • a node server that sorts or selects multiple media content in order.
  • the user agent equipped with a public-facing mailbox based on the TV magazine, accepts readers' text, text, and audio feedback.
  • the media center or user agent server MPC edit and maintain the monitoring operation table, and select the time switch video.
  • the OSD menu is displayed according to the HLP key, and the monitoring content can be stored in the personal mailbox.
  • Centralized monitoring Suitable for large-scale remote monitoring, which can provide security services to many companies through user group separation.
  • User agent service storage can store dozens of channels, 3-7 days of all content.
  • the OSD menu is displayed according to the HLP button, and the program content can be stored in the personal mailbox.
  • TV playback Users can watch TV in VOD mode, and watch any program content from 7 days ago to the current time.
  • Media Center MPC edits and maintains a list of broadcast programs, and regularly sorts programs for automatic recording.
  • User agent service storage can store dozens of wonderful columns, 60 days of all content. After the user terminal enters the viewing, the OSD menu is displayed according to the HLP button, and the program content can be stored in the personal mailbox.
  • Program selection Automatically store TV program titles and edit them into menus for easy viewing by consumers.
  • live broadcast (multicast business)
  • the live content can be recorded.
  • Live broadcast The audience can reach the whole network, and the broadcast source is set at the user site.
  • the OSD content is displayed according to the HLP key, and the application can be applied. Frequency upload, send flowers to the host.
  • the host user proxy server records the user application and sends an OSD prompt to the live terminal.
  • the live broadcast terminal may display multiple video upload applications for the OSD.
  • the remote control chooses to transmit on the way and automatically closes the previous one.
  • the user proxy server sends a special billing package to the billing flow account when the video upload is closed.
  • the user proxy server records the user's delivery value, notifies the live broadcast party, and sends a special billing package to the billing flow account.
  • the user enters the chat room, sends flowers, participates in audio, and opens a video conversation for payment, and automatically deposits the proportion into the personal mailbox.
  • Video chat The host can broadcast the video at home (on-site) to the whole network. The host can see the audience application, hear many audience voices, but can only choose to see the 1 channel viewer image.
  • the viewer knows that the chat room is dialed in through the program list, and can present flowers to the host (additional charge), and can apply for a call or video.
  • the OSD order (item, specification, quantity, price) is displayed according to the HLP key.
  • the user terminal fills in and submits the order through the remote controller.
  • the user proxy server after watching the order, forwards it to the live broadcast terminal or the connected MPC.
  • the live broadcast terminal or MPC review the order, and send back the confirmed order to the user.
  • the user terminal displays the order again and confirms it via the remote control.
  • the user proxy server sends a user confirmation to the live broadcast party and sends a special billing package to the billing account.
  • the OSD menu is displayed according to the HLP button, and the shopping content can be stored in the personal mailbox.
  • the MPC is a PC loaded with special software to enhance the operational performance of the TV set-top box. 4) Auction channel:
  • Live terminal or MPC maintain auction information (goods and customers).
  • the OSD introduction (product, specification, maximum price) is displayed according to the HLP button.
  • the user terminal fills in and submits the bid through the remote controller.
  • the user proxy server after receiving the bid, forwards it to the live broadcast terminal or MPC.
  • the live broadcast terminal or the connected MPC review the user's bid, and send the confirmed bid back to the user.
  • the user terminal displays the bid again and confirms it via the remote control.
  • the user proxy server sends a user confirmation to the live broadcast party and sends a special billing package to the billing account.
  • the OSD menu is displayed according to the HLP key, and the auction content can be stored in the personal mailbox.
  • the MPC is a PC loaded with special software, which is directly connected to the terminal to enhance the operation performance of the TV set-top box.
  • a live broadcast terminal or a connected MPC bundles multiple video chats into one number (or name) to share resources.
  • Video call center can be directly linked to the shopping channel or auction channel to provide follow-up services.
  • the conference initiator terminal or the connected MPC edits and maintains the conference operation table to implement multi-way process bundling.
  • the initiator terminal directly controls the terminal of the designated participant, and closes the remote operation of the participant to force passive participation.
  • the initiator terminal can watch any participant without the knowledge of the participant, or Make a statement.
  • Conference speech Suitable for superior leadership reports, engineering incident command, routine scheduling meetings between corporate headquarters and remote branches.
  • Any participant terminal may submit a request for speaking to the initiator terminal, and after obtaining the approval of the initiator, it can speak.
  • Roundtable discussion To realize the conference chat room, the difference between the live chat room and the live chat room is that the live broadcast viewer always sees the support person, the conference chat viewer sees the speaker, or the support person and the speaker are simultaneously viewed through the multi-screen terminal.
  • the PBOX terminal must be used to display both the initiator (chairman), the speaker, the local site, the VOD or the PC screen.
  • Conference mode classroom teaching, roundtable discussion and other conference modes can be selected.
  • the initiator (chairman), speaker, multi-drop site, VOD or PC screen can be displayed at the same time.
  • Videophone (unicast service)
  • User proxy server maintains the telephone directory, supports normal dialing and forced dialing. After the user terminal enters the call, the OSD menu is displayed according to the HLP key, and the communication content can be stored in the mailbox, and the angle of the other camera can be selected or adjusted.
  • Called party payable videophone Applicable to advertising, customer service, public service, etc.
  • Video 900 Video Service Phone
  • Such a number starts with 900, and the calling party is a normal user terminal.
  • the service fee also includes a higher content fee (in seconds), and the others are the same as ordinary videophones.
  • the called party is a content provider (content includes real-time communication, VOD, TV magazine).
  • User proxy server one-way communication, as long as the video transmission resources do not conflict, can be performed simultaneously with other services.
  • the OSD menu is displayed according to the HLP key, and the monitoring content can be stored in the mailbox, and the multi-channel camera can be selected or the angle of the other camera can be adjusted.
  • the monitored terminal can set monitoring rights (specify a group of monitorable numbers, open all numbers, or prohibit all numbers).
  • User agent server maintain user mailbox table.
  • the content upload of the user terminal including video, audio, graphics, and text, is saved in the mailbox in the form of a draft, which can be viewed at any time.
  • Upload content can be input from the USB port (directly connected to PC, USB flash drive, mobile hard disk, etc.).
  • the user terminal specifies the content in the mailbox, enters the number of the sending object, and applies for sending.
  • the user proxy server sends a new arrival email notification to the terminal that sent the object, but does not actually forward the email content.
  • the VOD operation is performed only when the recipient terminal views. If the recipient terminal wants to store the email content for a long time, the OSD menu can be displayed according to the HLP button, and the content can be saved in the mailbox.
  • the content can be stored in a dedicated VDOS-SD storage device.
  • the node server maintains a public large mailbox according to the content classification.
  • the user terminal uploads the mail to the public large mailbox (including the custom price) in the media center.
  • Media Center MPC watch and review uploaded emails, convert to VOD content, and register to the corresponding classified blog.
  • Node server maintains viewer feedback, and maintains on-demand billing.
  • the OSD menu can be displayed according to the HLP key, and the content can be saved in the mailbox.
  • TV blog Some of the content charges can be automatically transferred to the content uploader's account (department store mode).
  • the new network can be accessed by using an ordinary Ethernet switch at the user's home, so that the integration of the Internet and the new network is realized in the user's home, and the IP data is connected to the public Internet.
  • Internet broadband Internet access Suitable for distributing community consumers.
  • Multimedia computer LAN 15) Multimedia computer LAN:
  • the enterprise can access the new network by using an ordinary Ethernet switch, thus realizing the integration of the Internet and the new network in the enterprise.
  • Multimedia Computer LAN Suitable for schools, businesses and government offices.
  • voice call (multicast + unicast service)
  • New VoIP Direct use of uncompressed PCM (G.711) with PSTN Low latency (transmission of FAX and Modem), beyond the PSTN, cost less than IP telephony, requiring only one percent of the new network bandwidth resources to meet all users' telephony services.
  • New network telephone network phone Directly dial the new network phone number.
  • the new network dials the PSTN network: 99+PSTN phone number.
  • the PSTN network dials the new network: 077+MP number, (077 or other number must be obtained by the telecommunications company).
  • the user can choose: The call is not connected, the recording in the mailbox is automatically played, and then the caller content is recorded in the mailbox.
  • the node server is equipped with a dedicated multi-channel speech synthesis device with clear sound and low latency.
  • the conference initiator reserves the conference time, the number of people, the corresponding number, the external network PSTN password, and can select the whole recording.
  • the node server sends SMS notifications (including conference numbers) to specified users.
  • the user dials the specified number and joins the conference call at the specified time.
  • the node server automatically reviews the time, conference number, and subscriber number and automatically calls the participant.
  • Voice Auto Service Center Suitable for weather, stock, transportation, public services, customer service, etc.
  • Initiator terminal or connected MPC bundle multiple phone days to one number (or name) Said), sharing resources.
  • the initiator can select the entire recording.
  • the No. 0 table and the No. 1 table are all configured during the network access process. In order to enable the person skilled in the art to better understand the present invention, the following describes the network access process of the access network device.
  • each access switch that is allowed to access the network must be registered in the node server, and the unregistered access switch cannot access the network.
  • the process of accessing the access switch into the network involves the following steps:
  • the node server sends a query packet to each port, and the access switch sends a response packet after receiving the query packet, where the response packet includes the registration information of the current access switch.
  • the node server After receiving the response from the access switch, the node server knows which port is connected to an access switch, and then finds the access switch information in the registration information table inside the node server, and sends the access switch information to the access switch.
  • the network access command (inform the access network address), the access switch enters the network after receiving the network access command, and sends a network access command response to the node server;
  • the node server When the node server receives the incoming network command response from the access switch, it knows that the access switch has entered the network, and periodically sends a status inquiry packet to the port to check whether the access switch works normally, and also needs to connect to the access switch. The downstream port of the switch sends a port query packet to check whether other access network devices are connected to the access switch. If the current access switch works normally, a status query response is sent to the node server after receiving the status query packet. When the node server does not receive the status query response within a certain period of time, it considers that the access switch has been removed from the network, no longer sends the status query packet, and continues to send the query packet to the port.
  • MSS-400 server After the MSS-400 server is powered on, initialize the hardware, obtain the default metropolitan area network address (assumed to be 0x00 0x0000 0x0000), import the configuration file from the hard disk to the CPU memory (such as the registration information of the switch, the registration information of the terminal, etc.), MSS -400 server configures its own access network address to 0x0000;
  • MSS-400 server initialization 0, 1, 2, 3 table:
  • the MSS-400 server knows that it has 8 downlink ports, so it configures eight 0 table entries:
  • the destination address (DA) is 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0001 query packet oriented port 0;
  • the destination address (DA) of the MSS-400 server is 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0001, 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0002, 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0003, 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0004, 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0005, 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0006, 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0007, 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0008 query packet (SA is 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000), according to the configuration of table 0, the query packet will be directed to ports 0 to 7 in turn;
  • the BX-008-0 switch After receiving the query packet, the BX-008-0 switch receives the query packet according to the configuration of the No. 0 table, and the query packet is received into the CPU module, and the response packet is generated by the CPU after parsing the query packet (the response packet includes the switch) Registration information), and sent to the MSS-400 server, the DA of the response packet is 0x0800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000, SA is 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0001;
  • the MSS-400 server After receiving the response packet sent by the BX-008-0 switch, the MSS-400 server compares the source address (SA) of the response packet with the device type to know that its port 0 is connected to an access switch, and then Find the access switch in the registration information table inside the node server. Information, sending a network access command to the access switch (informing its access network address is 0x0001);
  • the BX-008-0 switch After receiving the network access command, the BX-008-0 switch knows that its access network address is 0x0001 and enters the network. Therefore, its 0th table "00 0000 0000 0001" is set to "01 0000 0000", and 0 The remaining entries in the table are configured as "00 0000 0000", that is, only the downlink protocol packet of the switch is imported into the CPU, and the incoming network command response (incoming command response packet) is sent to the MSS-400 server;
  • the MSS-400 server receives the incoming command response from the BX-008-0 switch and knows that the BX-008-0 switch has entered the network. After that, it sends a status inquiry packet to this port every second to check the BX-008-0 switch. Whether it works normally, also send the port downlink protocol packet to the downlink port of the BX-008-0 switch to check whether other access network devices are connected under the access switch. In this case, the MSS-400 server will Do the following configuration in its table number 0:
  • DA is 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009 port downlink protocol packet oriented port 0;
  • DA is 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000a port downlink protocol packet oriented port 0;
  • DA is 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000b port downlink protocol packet oriented port 0;
  • DA is 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000c port downlink protocol packet oriented port 0;
  • DA is 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000d port downlink protocol packet oriented port 0;
  • the MSS-400 server will allocate the packet through the port including the port allocation information, and inform the BX-008-0 switch to do the following configuration in its table No. 0:
  • the destination address (DA) of the S10 and MSS-400 servers is 0x80000x00000x0000 0x0009, 0x80000x00000x00000x000a, 0x80000x00000x00000x000b, 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000c, 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 OxOOOd, 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 OxOOOe, 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 OxOOOf, 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0010
  • Port downstream protocol packets (SA are 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000), according to the configuration of table 0 in the MSS-400 server
  • the port downlink protocol packet will be directed to the MSS-400 server port 0.
  • the port downlink protocol packet will be directed to the BX-008-0 switch 0 to the port of the
  • the BX-008- 1 switch receives the port downlink protocol packet (that is, the port downlink protocol packet whose destination address is 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000a) from port 1 of the BX-008-0 switch, and then sends the port uplink protocol packet (the port)
  • the uplink protocol packet contains the registration information of the switch.
  • the DA of the packet is 0x0800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000, and the SA is 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000a;
  • the MSS-400 server After receiving the port uplink protocol packet sent by the BX-008-1 switch, the MSS-400 server compares the source address (SA) of the uplink protocol packet with the device type to know that port 1 of BX-008-0 is connected. The station accesses the switch, and then finds the connection switch information in the registration information table inside the server, and sends an incoming network command to the access switch (informing its access network address is 0x000a);
  • the BX-008-1 switch After receiving the network access command, the BX-008-1 switch knows that its access network address is 0x000a and enters the network. Configure its 0th table "00 0000 0000 0000 1010" as "01 0000 0000", the rest of the 0th table. The entry is configured as "00 0000 0000", that is, only the downlink protocol packet of the switch is imported into the CPU, and the network access command response is sent to the server;
  • the MSS-400 server After receiving the network access command sent by the switch, the MSS-400 server knows that the BX-008-1 switch has entered the network, and then sends a status inquiry packet to the port every second to check whether the BX-008-1 switch works normally.
  • the port downlink protocol packet is also sent to the downlink port of the BX-008-1 switch to check whether other access network devices are connected to the access switch. If the current access switch works normally, it will send a status query response to the server after receiving the status query packet. When the server does not receive the status query response within 6 seconds, it considers that the access switch has been removed from the network, no longer sends the status query packet, and continues to send the query packet to the port.
  • each terminal that is allowed to access the network must be registered in the node server, and the unregistered terminal cannot access the network.
  • the process of the terminal entering the network involves the following steps:
  • the node server sends a query packet to each port, and the terminal sends a response packet after receiving the query packet, where the response packet includes the registration information of the terminal;
  • the node server After receiving the response packet sent by the terminal, the node server knows which port is connected to which terminal (set top box, code board or memory), and then finds the information of the terminal in the registration information table inside the node server, to the terminal Sending a network access command (informing the access network address of the terminal), the terminal enters the network after receiving the network access command, and sends a network access command response to the node server;
  • the node server When the node server receives the network access command response from the terminal, it knows that the terminal has entered the network, and then periodically sends a status inquiry packet to the port to check whether the terminal works normally. If the terminal works normally, it will send a status query response to the node server after receiving the status inquiry packet. When the node server does not receive the status query response within a certain period of time, it considers that the terminal has been removed from the network, no longer sends the status query packet, and continues to send the query packet to the port.
  • the address of the access network can be set to 16 bits, and all access network devices have unique access network addresses (including set-top boxes, access switches, Memory, even the node server itself).
  • an address information table can be maintained in the CPU module of the node server. The size of the table is 2 to the 16th power, that is, 64K, and the entries of each table.
  • Address occupation descriptor "00" means that this address is not used, "01” means that this address is inactive (the node server sends the port downlink protocol packet with this address, but has not received the online line protocol packet), "10 " Indicates that this address is used (set by the node server after receiving the incoming line protocol package);
  • device resource description information for example, if the device is an access switch, the access network address of the device connected to the network port, and the uplink and downlink traffic of each network port; if the device is a memory, its The access network address of the device connected to the network port, the count of its read and write channels, and the upstream and downstream traffic counts of the network port; etc., all of this information is used to provide decision-making basis for the service process, and will be modified in each service flow. these messages.
  • Port 0 of BX-008-0 is connected to a set-top box STB-0
  • port 1 of BX-008-1 is connected to a set-top box STB-1.
  • MSS-400 server After the MSS-400 server is powered on, initialize the hardware, obtain the default metropolitan area network address (assumed to be 0x00 0x0000 0x0000), import the configuration file from the hard disk to the CPU memory (such as the registration information of the switch, the registration information of the terminal, etc.), MSS -400 server initialization address information table, all cleared (indicating that all addresses are unused), MSS-400 server configures its own access network address to be 0x0000, that is, the 0x0000 item of the address information table is configured as follows: * address occupation Descriptor: "10" indicates that this address is used;
  • This node server has eight downlink 100M network ports defined as port 0 to port 7, one CPU module interface is defined as port 8, and one disk array interface is defined as port 9. 1 uplink Gigabit optical port is defined as port 10, the node server model is MSS-400, the access network address of the device connected to its network port is not allocated, and the uplink and downlink traffic count of each network port is 0;
  • the next available address in the address information table is 0x0001;
  • MSS-400 server initialization 0, 1, 2, 3 table:
  • Configuration No. 0 is "000 0000 0000", that is, all downlink protocol packets are closed; • Configuration No. 1 is "001 0000 0000", that is, all upstream protocol packets are directed to the CPU; • Configure the No. 2 and No. 3 tables as "000 0000 0000 ", that is, all single multicast packet transmissions are closed;
  • the MSS-400 server knows that it has 8 downlink ports, and the next available address is 0x0001. Therefore, it configures eight entries of the 0th table as:
  • (DA) is 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0006 query packet oriented port 5;
  • the destination address (DA) of the MSS-400 server is 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0001, 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0002, 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0003, 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0004, 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0005, 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0006, 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0007, 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0008 query packet (SA is 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000), according to the configuration of its table 0, the query packet will be directed to ports 0 to 7; at this time, the 0x0001 to 0x0008 items of the address information table are configured. to make:
  • the next available address of the address information table is 0x0009;
  • the BX-008-0 switch After receiving the query packet, the BX-008-0 switch receives the query packet to its CPU module according to the configuration of the No. 0 table, and the CPU module parses the query packet and generates a response packet (the response includes the local request)
  • the registration information of the incoming switch is sent to the MSS-400 server.
  • the DA of the packet is 0x0800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000
  • the SA is 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0001;
  • the MSS-400 server After receiving the response packet sent by the BX-008-0 switch, the MSS-400 server compares the source address (SA) of the response packet and the device type to know that the port 0 is connected to an access switch, and then The information of the access switch is found in the registration information table of the node server, and the network access command is sent to the access switch (informing that the access network address is 0x0001);
  • the S8 and BX-008-0 switches After receiving the network access command, the S8 and BX-008-0 switches know that their access network address is
  • 0x0001 is connected to the network, so the 0th table "00 0000 0000 0001" is set to "01 0000 0000", and the remaining entries of the 0th table are configured as "00 0000 0000", that is, only the downlink protocol package of the switch is imported into the CPU. Sending a network access command response to the server at the same time;
  • the S9 and MSS-400 servers When the S9 and MSS-400 servers receive the incoming network command response from the BX-008-0 switch, they know that the BX-008-0 switch has entered the network, and then the 0x0001 item in the address information table of the server is configured as:
  • the access switch has eight downlink 100M network ports defined as port 0 to port 7, and one CPU module interface is defined as port 8, and one uplink 100 Mbps port is defined as 9 No. port, the access switch model is BX-008, the access network address of the device connected to the uplink network port is 0x0000 (ie MSS-400), and the access network address of the device connected to the downlink network port is not allocated.
  • the uplink and downlink traffic counts of each network port are 0;
  • DA is 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009 port downlink protocol packet oriented port 0;
  • DA is 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000a port downlink protocol packet oriented port 0;
  • DA is 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000b port downlink protocol packet oriented port 0;
  • DA is 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000c port downlink protocol packet oriented port 0;
  • DA is 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000d port downlink protocol packet oriented port 0;
  • the MSS-400 server allocates packets through ports that include port assignment information.
  • the BX-008-0 switch has the following configuration in its table 0:
  • ie destination address (DA) is sufficient 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000a port downstream protocol packet is directed to port 1;
  • ie destination address (DA) is sufficient 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0010 port downstream protocol packet is directed to port 7;
  • S10, MSS-400 server destination address (DA) is 0x8000 0x0000 Ox 0000
  • the port downlink protocol packet will be directed to the MSS-400 server port 0, according to BX-008 In the 0-switch configuration of the -0 switch, the port downlink protocol packet will be directed to the ports 0 to 7 of the BX-008-0 switch in turn; and the 0x0009 to 0x0010 entries of the address information table in the MSS-400 server are configured as: * Address occupation descriptor: "01" indicates that this address is inactive;
  • the next available address is 0x0011;
  • Sl l, STB-0 receives the port downlink protocol packet from the port 0 of the BX-008-0 switch (that is, the port downlink protocol packet with the destination address of 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009), and sends the port uplink protocol packet after receiving the port downlink protocol packet.
  • the DA of the package is 0x0800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000
  • SA is 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009 (port 0 of the switch);
  • the S12 and the MSS-400 server After receiving the port uplink protocol packet sent by the STB-0 switch, the S12 and the MSS-400 server know that the source address (SA) of the uplink protocol packet and the device type know that the port No. 0 of the BX-008-0 is connected to a terminal. Then, the terminal information is found in the registration information table in the server, and the network access command is sent to the terminal (the terminal's access network address is 0x0009);
  • S13 and STB-0 After receiving the network access command, S13 and STB-0 know that their access network address is 0x0009 and enter the network, and send a network access command response to the server;
  • the MSS-400 server receives the incoming network command response sent by STB-0 and knows that the STB-0 switch has entered the network. Therefore, the 0x0009 item of the address information table is configured as:
  • This terminal has an audio and video codec engine, a 100M network port, the terminal model is STB, and the access network address of the device connected to its network port is 0x0001 (ie BX-008-0) , the uplink and downlink traffic count of its network port is 0;
  • the 0x0001 item of the address information table is configured to: * address occupation descriptor: no modification;
  • the access switch has eight downlink 100M network ports defined as port 0 to port 7, and one CPU module interface is defined as port 8, and one uplink 100 Mbps port is defined as 9 Port number, the access switch model is BX-008, the access network address of the device connected to the uplink network port is 0x0000 (ie MSS-400), and the access network address of the device connected to the downlink network port 0 is 0x0009. The rest are unassigned, and the uplink and downlink traffic counts of each of its network ports are 0;
  • the MSS-400 server sends a status inquiry packet to this port every second to check whether STB-0 works normally.
  • the server does not receive the status inquiry response within 6 seconds, it considers that STB-0 has been removed from the network and is no longer sent.
  • Status query packet continue to send query packets to this port.
  • BX-008-1 will also enter the network, and its access network address is 0x0002; STB-1 will also enter the network, and its access network address is 0x0012.
  • the PDU is a way of information interaction between the user terminal and the server. Both use the original socket (R «w Socket) to deliver the PDU.
  • the data format is as follows: System Message (PDU) Definition
  • the set-top box receives the response sent by the 8A01 to the server.
  • the switch receives the response sent by the 8A01 to the server.
  • the code board receives the response sent by the 8A01 to the server.
  • the address of the IP Internet is told by the user equipment to the network; the novel network address of the present invention is told by the network to the user equipment.
  • the address of the novel network terminal of the present invention is learned through the network management protocol, and the user terminal can only enter the novel network of the present invention with the learned address, so that authentication is not required to ensure that it is not wrong. See the network management protocol for a detailed description.
  • the novel network of the present invention creates an ordered structure "color-based" address system (D/SCAF).
  • D/SCAF color-based address system
  • the novel network address of the present invention is not only unique, but also has a locating and determinable function, and like the personal identification number, implied other features such as the geographical location of the user port, the nature of the device, and the service authority.
  • the novel network switch of the present invention specifies the behavior rules of packet packets according to these characteristics, and implements data offloading of different natures.
  • the IP Internet can enter and exit freely, and the user can prepare a firewall.
  • the new network of the present invention must apply for a pass for each service.
  • the communication protocol Since the communication protocol is executed at the user terminal, it may be tampered with. Since routing information is broadcast on the Internet, it may be eavesdropped. The inherent flaws in address spoofing, anonymous attacks, mail bombs, teardrops, covert monitoring, port scanning, internal intrusion, and altered information in the network provide space for hackers to display. Internet pollution such as spam is difficult to prevent.
  • IP Internet users can set up any IP address to impersonate others, they can send probes to any device on the network to spy on other people's information, and can also send arbitrary interference packets (staining water) to the network.
  • many smart people have invented various firewalls and tried to stay alone. However, installing a firewall is voluntary, the effect of the firewall is temporary and relative, and the IP Internet itself will never be clean. This is the second security failure of the IP Internet.
  • the network switch After the novel network user of the present invention enters the network, the network switch only allows the user to the node server. Issue a limited service request and close all other data packets. If the node server approves the user application, it sends a network passport to the switch where the user is located. If each data packet sent by the user terminal does not meet the audit conditions of the network switch, it will be discarded, completely eliminating hacker attacks. The pass is automatically revoked after each service. The pass mechanism is performed by the switch and is not within the user controllable range:
  • Audit target address Users can only send packets to the server-specified objects (determined at the time of service request)
  • Audit data traffic Users must send data traffic in accordance with server regulations (determined when the service is applied)
  • the novel network of the invention does not need negative means such as firewall, antivirus, encryption, internal and external network isolation, etc.
  • the novel network of the invention completely blocks the way of hacker attack and virus diffusion from the structure, and is a security network which can basically sit back and relax.
  • the network device is completely isolated from the user data, and the lifeline of the virus and the Trojan is cut off; the IP Internet device can disassemble the user data packet at will; the novel network device of the present invention is completely isolated from the user data. That is, in data transmission, the new network device (for example, a switch, a gateway, etc.) does not disassemble the user data packet, but directly searches for the mapping table according to the address of the data packet, and forwards it from the corresponding port. That is, the switch of the present invention does not have its own function of calculating and selecting a route.
  • the new network device for example, a switch, a gateway, etc.
  • the computer created by Von Neumann puts the program instructions and operational data in the same place, which means that a program can modify other programs and data in the machine.
  • This computer model which has been used to this day, has left a good opportunity for Trojan horses, worms, viruses, backdoors, and so on. With the rapid accumulation of viruses, anti-virus software and patches are always slow and passive.
  • IP Internet TCP/IP protocol The core technology of the Internet TCP/IP protocol is best-effort, store-and-forward, and error-detection retransmission.
  • network servers and routers In order to realize the mission of the Internet, network servers and routers must have the ability to resolve user data packets, which leaves a way for hacker viruses. Network security has become smarter than anyone else. There is no peace. This is the third genetic flaw in the IP Internet.
  • the novel network of the present invention is only a transparent pipe for establishing a complete isolation and traffic behavior specification between the service provider and the receiver terminal device. Regardless of what data is sent or received by the user terminal, it is irrelevant to the network. The lifeline of viruses and Trojans has been structurally cut. Therefore, the novel network of the present invention eliminates the possibility of unrelated persons on the network stealing user data. Similarly, those who want to be hackers or drug makers have no object at all.
  • the IP Internet is a free market with no middlemen; the new network of the present invention is a department store with a middleman. For the network, both consumers and content providers belong to the network user category, but only in different sizes.
  • the IP Internet is an unmanaged free market where direct communication (P2P) is possible between any user.
  • P2P direct communication
  • whether or not to manage is the user has the final say, whether the charges are unilateral large users (suppliers) have the final say, whether or not to comply with the regulations is also a single large user (vampire website) has the final say. Operators can only accept admission fees at most. It is only impossible to implement legal, ethical, security and commercial rules. It is impossible now and in the future. This is the disability of the fourth structure of the IP Internet.
  • the novel network of the present invention creates a service node concept and forms a managed department store business model.
  • node server intermediary
  • MP2P managed user-to-user communication
  • IP Internet pursues first communication, post-management mode; the novel network of the present invention is managed first, Post communication mode.
  • IP Internet defines management as an additional additional service built on the application layer. Therefore, management naturally becomes a dispensable display. This is the fifth intractable nature of the IP Internet.
  • the novel network user terminal of the present invention can only select one of the designated services within the scope of the node server license.
  • the protocol signaling during the service establishment process is performed by the node server (without the user's hand).
  • the user terminal only passively answers the server's questions, accepts or rejects the service, and cannot participate in the protocol process.
  • the data packet can only be sent in the manner specified by the passport. Any data packets that deviate from the passport are always discarded in the underlying switch.
  • the basic idea of the novel network protocol of the present invention is to implement a business model centered on service content, rather than simply completing a simple data exchange. In this mode, security is an inherent property of the new network, not an additional service item attached to the network. Of course, business authority review, resource verification, and billing procedures can all be easily included in the management contract.
  • the device embodiment of the present invention relates to a communication connection system of an access network device, a node server, and an access switch.
  • the device embodiment basically corresponds to the foregoing method embodiment. For details, refer to the related description in the foregoing method embodiment. This will not go into details.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Data Exchanges In Wide-Area Networks (AREA)

Abstract

一种接入网设备的通信连接方法,所述接入网设备包括节点服务器、接入交换机和终端,所述的方法包括:节点服务器依据源终端发起的服务请求协议包,获取当次服务的通信链路信息,所述通信链路信息包括,参与当次服务的节点服务器和接入交换机的通信端口信息;节点服务器依据所述节点服务器的通信端口信息,在其内部的数据包地址表中设置当次服务的数据包所导向的端口;并依据所述接入交换机的通信端口信息,向相应的接入交换机发送端口配置命令;所述接入交换机依据端口配置命令在其内部的数据包地址表中,设置当次服务的数据包所导向的端口。本发明可以保证传输通路的稳定和通畅,避免多媒体业务的延时。

Description

一种接入网设备的通信连接方法及系统
技术领域
本发明涉及新型网络的技术领域, 特别是涉及一种接入网设备的通 信连接方法、 一种接入网设备的通信连接系统、 一种节点服务器及一种 接入交换机。 背景技术
新型网络(包括互联网)使得不同的个人和机构之间能够交换信息 和其他信息资源。 网络通常包括通路、传输、信令以及网络管理等技术。 这些技术已广泛地见诸于各类文献。 对此作了概括介绍的有: Steven Shepherd所著的 《 Telecommunications Convergence》 ( McGraw-Hill, 2000 ) , Annabel Z. Dodd 所著 的 《 The Essential Guide, to Telecommimications》 第三版 ( Prentice Hall PRT , 2001 ), 或 Ray Horak 所著的 《 Communications Systems and Networks》 第二版 ( M&T Books, 2000 )。 这些技术以往取得的进展已经充分地增进了信息传输的速度和 质量, 并降低了其费用。
连接终端到一个广域传输网络的通路技术 (如终端装置和网络边缘 的局域环路)已经从 14.4、 28.8和 56K的调制解调器发展到包括 ISDN、 Tl、 线缆调制解调器、 DSL、 以太网和无线连接在内的技术。
现今用在广域网中的传输技术包括: 同步光纤网 ( SONET )、 密集 波分复用 ( DWDM )、帧中继、异步传输模式( ATM )和弹性分组环( RPR )。
在所有不同的信令技术中 (如在网络中用来建立、 维持和终结通信 的协议和方法), 互联网协议(IP )的应用最为广泛。 事实上, 几乎所有 的通信和网络专家认为集声音 (如电话)、 视频和数据网于一体的一个 基于 IP协议的网络(如互联网)将是不可避免的。 就像一位作者所阐述 的那样: "有一件事是清楚的, 那就是以 IP为基础的整合各类网络于一 体的列车已经驶离了车站, 有些乘客对此次旅行极具热情, 而另一些则 很不情愿地被拖拽而行, 并哭、 叫、 踢打着列举 IP的种种缺陷。 但是不 管它有着何种缺陷, IP已被采纳为一种行业标准, 除了它以外没有任何 其他的技术具有如此大的潜力和发展的空间。 "(摘自 1998年 8 月 10 日 《Network World》 上的" IP Convergence: Building the Future" , 作者 Susan Breidenbach )。
随着 Internet的业务爆炸式增长, 其应用范围已扩展到社会的各个 领域和各个行业。 从电信业来看, 传统的电信业务已越来越多地采用 IP 传输, 即所谓的 Everything Over IP。 现有的电信网的框架将从电路交换 及其组网技术,逐步转向以分组交换特别是 IP 为基础的新框架, 电信 网承载的业务将从以电话为主, 转向以数据业务为主。
TCP/IP网络协议
TCP/IP ( Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol, 传输控制 协议 /网间网协议) 是目前世界上应用最为广泛的协议, 它的流行与 Internet 的迅猛发展密切相关一 TCP/IP 最初是为互联网的原型 ARPANET 所设计的, 目的是提供一整套方便实用、 能应用于多种网络 上的协议, 事实证明 TCP/IP做到了这一点, 它使网络互联变得容易起 来, 并且使越来越多的网络加入其中, 成为 Internet的事实标准。
* 应用层一应用层是所有用户所面向的应用程序的统称。 TCP/IP协 议族在这一层面有着很多协议来支持不同的应用, 许多大家所熟悉的基 于 Internet的应用的实现就离不开这些协议。如我们进行万维网( WWW ) 访问用到了 HTTP协议、文件传输用 FTP协议、电子邮件发送用 SMTP、 域名的解析用 DNS协议、 远程登录用 Telnet协议等等,都是属于 TCP/IP 应用层的; 就用户而言, 看到的是由一个个软件所构筑的大多为图形化 的操作界面, 而实际后台运行的便是上述协议。
* 传输层一这一层的的功能主要是提供应用程序间的通信, TCP/IP 协议族在这一层的协议有 TCP和 UDP。
* 网络层一是 TCP/IP协议族中非常关键的一层, 主要定义了 IP地 址格式, 从而能够使得不同应用类型的数据在 Internet上通畅地传输, IP协议就是一个网络层协议。
* 网络接口层一这是 TCP/IP软件的最低层, 负责接收 IP数据包并 通过网络发送之, 或者从网络上接收物理帧, 抽出 IP数据报, 交给 IP 层。
IP是怎样实现网络互连的? 各个厂家生产的网络系统和设备,如以 太网、 分组交换网等, 它们相互之间不能互通, 不能互通的主要原因是 因为它们所传送数据的基本单元 (技术上称之为"帧") 的格式不同。 IP 协议实际上是一套由软件程序组成的协议软件, 它把各种不同"帧 "统一 转换成 "IP数据包"格式, 这种转换是因特网的一个最重要的特点, 使所 有各种计算机都能在因特网上实现互通, 即具有 "开放性"的特点。
那么, "数据包" 是什么? 它又有什么特点呢? 数据包也是分组交换 的一种形式, 就是把所传送的数据分段打成 "包", 再传送出去。 但是, 它属于"无连接型", 是把打成的每个"包"(分组)都作为一个"独立的报 文"传送出去, 所以叫做"数据包"。 这样, 在开始通信之前就不需要先连 接好一条电路,各个数据包不一定都通过同一条路径传输,所以叫做"无 连接型"。 这一特点非常重要, 在文本信息传输的情况下, 它大大提高 了网络的坚固性和安全性。
每个数据包都有报头和报文这两个部分, 报头中有目的地址等必要 内容, 使每个数据包不经过同样的路径都能准确地到达目的地。 在目的 地重新组合还原成原来发送的数据。这就要 IP具有分组打包和集合组装 的功能。
在实际传送过程中, 数据包还要能根据所经过网络规定的分组大小 来改变数据包的长度, IP数据包的最大长度可达 65535个字节。
服务品质保证(QoS )是 IP 互联网的一个主要问题。 尽管长期以 来无数个研究报告试图解决这一难题, 如果我们将 QoS 主要里程碑按 时间排列, 不难看出互联网 QoS 是不断降低要求, 并不断失败的无奈 历史。从" Inte Serv"( 1990 )iiJ "Diff Serv"( 1997 ),再到 "Lightload,,( 2001 ), 各种看似有效的 QoS 局部改善方案加起来, 距离全网范围品质保证的 目标还是像水中的月亮。 QoS 看起来很近, 其实遥不可达。
早在 IP 互联网初期阶段, 视讯应用已经成为网络月良务的目标, 如 MBone 。 由于缺乏有效的品质保证, 长期无法开展有商业价值的视频通 讯服务, 削弱了 IP 互联网的盈利能力。 因此, 解决网络传输品质难题, 具有很大的商业价值。 网络传输品质具体表现为丟包和误码。 电脑文件 对于传输中的错误不敏感, 就算传输过程中大部分数据包都丟掉了, 只 要有 TCP 的重发机制, 电脑还是会认为网络是可用的。 但是, 若丟包和 误码率高于千分之一, 对同步视讯将会造成视音品质下降。 经验数据告 诉我们, 高品质视频通讯甚至要求丟包和误码少于十万分之一。 当前网 络环境的测试数据显示, 绝大部分丟包发生在路由器内部, 在光纤传输 中产生的误码几乎可以忽略不计。
*为什么 "Inte Serv"不成功?
"Inte Serv"建立在独立流资源预留的基础上, 采用 Resource Reservation SetupProtocol ( RSVP ) 。 在一个大规模网络环境中, 如果能 在两个视讯终端之间预留一部分带宽资源, 为该视讯业务专用。 听起来 很好, 但实际上行不通。
首先, 这个方案要求全网设备改造, 等于重新建网, 实际操作几乎 不可能。
其次, 就算实现了全网改造, 比如能够在每一台交换机内, 为 2Mbps 的视讯业务保留 2Mbps带宽, 能否解决品质保证呢? 答案是否定的。
所谓 RSVP 的 2Mbps 带宽只能对宏观而言, 如果 1 秒钟的数据集中 在前半秒发送, 就会造成问题, 形成周期性的突发流量。 由于, IP 互联 网的核心理念是尽力而为, 在每一个网络节点, 交换机总是试图以最快 速度转发数据。 当一个视讯流通过多级交换机后必然导致流量分布不均 匀。 多个不均匀的非同步流合在一起, 在一段时间内将产生更大的不均 匀, 也就是说, 网络流量一定有周期性的阻塞。 随着视讯用户数增加, 周期性的阻塞没有上限, 当超过交换机内部储存量, 直接导致丟包后果。 *为什么 "Diff Serv"不成功?
在" Inte Serv"问世 7 年后, 一种新方法" Diff Serv"开始流行。 "Diff Serv"试图提供一种优于尽力而为的网络服务。 这一方法不需要复杂的全 网资源预留, 实施很简单。 只要在每个数据包中打上"优先级,,标记, 网络 交换机首先处理带有 "优先级,,的视讯数据。 其基本原理好比银行为 VIP 客户发放金卡, 能够有效减少高端客户的排队时间。 这个方法听起来也 很好, 但实际上还是行不通。
我们不能忽视一个简单的事实, 单一视讯业务流量远远大于传统非 视讯业务(百倍以上) 。
只要有少量视讯用户, 网络上看到的几乎都是视讯数据包。 如果大 部分数据包都有金卡, 也就谈不上 VIP 了。 另外由于 IP 互联网管理不是 强制性的, 尽管 QoS 为用户制定了一套独善其身的道德标准, 但要求别 人都自觉执行根本不现实。
因此, "Diff Serv,,除了在少数企业专网中有用, 难以在大规模公网中 有效推广。
*为什么 "Light load"不成功?
自从 IP 互联网逐步普及以来, 人们不间断地寻找解决网络品质保证 的良方。网络技术专家们经过 10 多年搜肠刮肚,两大 QoS 方案均不理想。 在对于解决 QoS 失去信心的大环境下, 一些不愿留名的人提出了不是办 法的办法, 即" Light load"。 其基本设想是所谓的轻载网络, 认为只要给 足带宽, 光纤入户, 就不担心网络拥塞。
轻载网络的设想可行吗? 答案还是否定的。
当前的网络技术专家们似乎没有意识到一个基本原理, 网络丟包现 象的根源是流量不均勾性造成的。 从宏观上看, 在一个时间段发送略快 一点, 必然导致另一时间段的拥挤, 只要网络流量不均匀, 网络可能达 到的峰值流量就没有上限, 在短时间内可以占满任意大的带宽。
其实, 只要有 2Mbps 带宽就可以传输相当不错的视讯节目, 若有 8Mbps 带宽, 就可以传输 HDTV 品质的视讯内容。 然而, 如果我们在普 通网站上随意点看一段文字或一幅照片, 现今的网站服务器多数使用千 兆网口, 其瞬间流量是 HDTV 的数十倍。 如果有许多个类似网站, 刚巧 碰撞在一起, 在某个短时间产生的突发流量会超过全网用户使用 HDTV 所需, 能够占满任意宽的网络。 统计分析显示, 这种碰撞是很频繁的。
IP 互联网试图采用储存器来吸收瞬间流量, 其后果是增加了传输时 延。 由于储存能力有限, 而突发流量没有上限。 因此, 采用储存方法只 能改善本设备丟包的机会, 在本节点吸收的突发流量将对下一个节点造 成更大的压力。 视讯流量源源不断, 交换机储存方式加剧了突发流向薄 弱节点汇聚, 网络丟包不可避免。
当前的网络建设者们, 采用轻载加上 "Diff Serv"技术, 可以应付窄带 的 VoIP 语音业务。 这是因为语音在网络总流量中不占主要部分, 一旦发 生拥挤, 牺牲电脑文件, 对语音优先。 但是, 对于高带宽的视频通讯而 言, 局部扩容只能收到暂时改善的效果。 如果其他地方也扩容, 网络流 量的不均勾性跟着水涨船高, 导致原先已扩容部分的效果下降。 如果全 网都平均扩容的话, 传输品质又将恢复到原先没有扩容前的样子。 也就 是说, 整体扩容是无效的。
当前的设备厂商推荐每户数十, 乃至上百兆的超宽带接入网, 就算 每家都有了光纤到户, 还是难以向消费者展示品质保证的视频通讯服 务。 再复杂的 QoS 手段充其量只能"改善, ΊΡ 互联网的传输品质, 而无 法"保证"网络传输品质。 发明内容
本发明所要解决的技术问题是提供一种接入网设备的通信连接方 法, 用以保证传输通路的稳定和通畅, 避免多媒体业务的延时, 保证国 家信息安全的需求, 节约硬件资源, 从而保证网络传输品质。
本发明实施例还提供了一种接入网设备的通信连接系统、 一种节点 服务器及一种接入交换机, 用以保证上述方法在实际中的实现及应用。
为了解决上述技术问题, 本发明实施例公开了一种接入网设备的通 信连接方法, 所述接入网设备包括节点服务器、 接入交换机和终端, 所 述的方法包括以下步骤:
节点服务器依据源终端发起的服务请求协议包, 获取当次服务的通 信链路信息, 所述通信链路信息包括, 参与当次服务的接入交换机的通 信端口信息;
节点服务器依据所述接入交换机的通信端口信息, 向相应的接入交 换机发送端口配置命令;
所述接入交换机依据端口配置命令在其内部的数据包地址表中, 设 置当次服务的数据包所导向的端口。
优选的, 通信链路信息还可以包括参与当次服务的节点服务器的通 信端口信息, 则此时, 节点服务器可以在其内部的数据包地址表中设置 当次服务的数据包所导向的端口。
其中, 如果源终端和目标终端接在同一个接入交换机下, 则节点服 务器可以仅配置接入交换机的数据包导向端口, 在源终端和目标终端进 行服务通信时, 接入交换机依据该内部的数据包地址表的设置, 直接通 过该接入交换机相应的下行端口传送数据包, 即源终端和目标终端可以 在其共同连接的接入交换机下直接进行服务通信, 而无需将数据包上传 至节点服务器, 再由节点服务器下发至相应的终端, 有效节省了带宽和 路由资源。
经过上述步骤, 当次服务的通信链路就被配置好了。 在本发明实施 例中, 所述接入网设备是指新型网中接入网部分的设备。 这种新型网是 一种集中控制的网络结构, 该网络可以是树型网、 星型网、 环状网等等 类型, 但在此基础上网络中需要有集中控制节点来控制整个网络。 接入 网部分的设备主要可以分为 3类: 节点服务器, 接入交换机, 终端 (包 括各种机顶盒、 编码板、 存储器等)。 其中, 节点服务器是接入网中起 集中控制功能的节点, 可控制接入交换机和终端。 节点服务器可直接与 接入交换机相连, 也可以直接与终端相连。
在实际中, 本发明实施例的通信连接方法不仅适用于组播通信, 还 适用于单播通信, 即所述源终端发起的服务请求包括单播通信服务请求 和组播通信服务请求, 相应地, 所述数据包地址表可以包括单播数据包 地址表和组播数据包地址表。
在进行单播通信服务的情况下, 所述节点服务器获取当次服务的通 信链路信息的步骤具体可以包括以下子步骤:
节点服务器获得源终端发起的、 用于与目标终端建立单播通信服务 的服务请求协议包, 所述服务请求协议包中包括服务类型信息, 服务内 容信息, 以及, 源终端的接入网地址, 其中, 所述服务内容信息包括服 务号码;
节点服务器依据所述服务号码在预置的内容-地址映射表中提取目 标终端的接入网地址;
节点服务器依据所述服务类型信息、 源终端和目标终端的接入网地 址, 获取当次服务的通信链路信息。
对于单播通信服务而言, 所述通信链路信息可以为单向通信链路信 息, 如源终端向目标终端发起单播服务请求, 或者, 目标终端向源终端 发起单播服务请求; 或者, 所述通信链路信息也可以为双向通信链路信 息, 如源终端和目标终端互相向对端发起单播服务请求。
在建立通信连接的过程中, 节点服务器会通知源终端和目标终端, 并依据目标终端的应答判断是否可以采用当前通信链路, 即在本发明的 一种优选实施例中, 所述节点服务器获取当次服务的通信链路信息的步 骤还包括以下子步骤:
节点服务器向所述源终端和目标终端发送菜单协议包;
以及, 接收目标终端针对所述菜包协议包发出的应答协议包。
更具体而言, 所述节点服务器获取当次服务的通信链路信息的步骤 还可以包括以下子步骤:
依据所述节点服务器和源终端之间的接入交换机中预置协议包地 址表的设置, 所述菜单协议包被导向至源终端;
依据所述节点服务器和目标终端之间的接入交换机中预置协议包 地址表的设置, 所述菜单协议包被导向至目标终端;
其中, 所述协议包地址表中设置有, 目的地址为当前接入交换机的 接入网地址的协议包导向 CPU模块; 以及, 目的地址为其它接入网设备 地址的协议包所导向的端口。
即节点服务器可以基于预置协议包地址表的设置向源终端和目标 终端发送菜单协议包。
对于单播服务通信连接的建立而言, 节点服务器会依据所述服务类 型信息, 确定当前设置的数据包地址表为单播数据包地址表。
由于节点服务器作为接入网中的主控节点, 单播服务通信只涉及节 点服务器的下行端口, 因而节点服务器在其内部的单播数据包地址表中 设置当次服务的单播数据包所导向的端口包括:
目的地址为源终端的单播数据包所导向的下行端口; 以及, 目的地 址为目标终端的单播数据包所导向的下行端口。
节点服务器通知接入交换机配表则存在以下两种情况:
1 ) 当所述通信链路信息为单向通信链路信息时, 所述接入交换机 的通信端口信息则可以包括上行链路中接入交换机的上行端口信息, 以 及, 下行链路中接入交换机的下行端口信息;
所述接入交换机依据端口配置命令在其内部的单播数据包地址表 中设置的当次服务的单播数据包所导向的端口包括:
目的地址为目标终端的单播数据包所导向的上行链路中接入交换 机的上行端口和下行链路中接入交换机的下行端口。
2 ) 当所述通信链路信息为双向通信链路信息时, 所述接入交换机 的通信端口信息则可以包括上行链路中接入交换机的上行端口和下行 端口信息, 以及, 下行链路中接入交换机的上行端口和下行端口信息; 所述接入交换机依据所述端口配置命令在其内部的单播数据包地 址表中设置的当次服务的单播数据包所导向的端口包括:
目的地址为目标终端的单播数据包所导向的上行链路中接入交换 机的上行端口和下行端口; 以及, 目的地址为源终端的单播数据包所导 向的下行链路中接入交换机的上行端口的下行端口。
在具体实现中, 在向接入交换机发送端口配置命令时, 节点服务器 还可以分别向源终端与目标终端发送服务处理命令, 如编解码命令, 所
在进行组播通信服务的情况下, 所述节点服务器获取当次服务的通 信链路信息的步骤可以包括以下子步骤:
节点服务器获得目标终端发起的申请组播通信服务的服务请求协 议包, 所述服务请求协议包中包括服务类型信息、 服务内容信息和目标 终端的接入网地址; 其中, 所述服务内容信息中包括服务号码;
节点服务器依据所述服务号码在预置的内容-地址映射表中,提取源 终端的接入网地址;
节点服务器获取所述源终端对应的组播地址, 并分配给目标终端; 以及, 依据所述服务类型信息、 源终端和目标终端的接入网地址, 获取 当次组播服务的通信链路信息。
在实际中, 组播数据包可能是由源终端发出的, 在这种情况下, 所 述节点服务器获取当次服务的通信链路信息的步骤还可以包括以下子 步骤:
节点服务器获得源终端提交的发起组播通信服务的服务请求协议 包, 并依据所述服务请求协议包向源终端分配组播地址; 所述服务请求 协议包中包括服务类型信息, 服务内容信息, 以及, 源终端的接入网地 址, 其中, 所述服务内容信息中包括服务号码;
依据服务类型信息, 以及,节点服务器与所述源终端的接入网地址, 获取当次组播服务上行的通信链路信息。
还有一种可能的组播业务是, 源终端在发送组播数据包时, 自己也 会接收该组播数据包, 在这种情况下, 所述节点服务器获取当次服务的 通信链路信息的步骤还可以包括以下子步骤:
依据服务类型信息, 以及,节点服务器与所述源终端的接入网地址, 获取当次组播服务下行的通信链路信息。
在实际中, 节点服务器会依据所述服务类型信息, 确定当前设置的 数据包地址表为组播数据包地址表。
由于节点服务器作为接入网中的主控节点, 组播服务通信只涉及节 点服务器的下行端口, 因而节点服务器在其内部的组播数据包地址表中 设置当次服务的组播数据包所导向的端口包括:
目的地址为组播地址的组播数据包所导向的下行端口。
作为一种组播服务的实施例, 节点服务器所获取的接入交换机的通 信端口信息包括上行链路中接入交换机的上行端口信息, 以及, 下行链 路中接入交换机的下行端口信息;
所述接入交换机依据所述端口配置命令在其内部的组播数据包地 址表中设置的当次服务的组播数据包所导向的端口包括:
目的地址为组播地址的组播数据包所导向的上行链路中接入交换 机的上行端口和下行链路中接入交换机的下行端口。
作为另一种组播服务的实施例, 所述节点服务器所获取的接入交换 机的通信端口信息还可以包括上行链路中接入交换机的下行端口信息; 所述接入交换机依据所述端口配置命令在其内部的组播数据包地 址表中设置的当次服务的组播数据包所导向的端口包括:
目的地址为组播地址的组播数据包所导向的上行链路中接入交换 机的下行端口。
在具体实现中, 优选的是, 所述端口配置命令记录在协议包中, 所 述节点服务器依据其内部预置的下行协议包地址表的设置, 通过连接相 应接入交换机的下行端口将所述协议包导向至对应的接入交换机;
其中, 所述下行协议包地址表中设置有, 目的地址为下级接入网设 备地址的协议包所导向的下行端口。
在具体实现中, 在向接入交换机发送端口配置命令时, 节点服务器 还可以向目标终端发送服务处理命令, 由目标终端依据所述服务处理命 令执行相应的操作; 或者, 节点服务器还可以向源终端发送服务处理命 令, 由源终端依据所述服务处理命令执行相应的操作。
如果节点服务器当前获得多条当次服务的通信链路信息, 则可以按 照预置规则选择其中一条通信链路信息为当次服务的通信链路信息。 作 为本发明的一种优选实施例, 所述预置规则可以为节点服务器获取各条 通信链路的流量信息, 以及, 当次服务的流量信息, 确定已用流量最小 的通信链路为当次服务的通信链路信息; 或者, 所述预置规则也可以为 节点服务器获取各条通信链路的带宽信息, 以及, 当次服务的带宽信息, 确定带宽最大的通信链路为当次服务的通信链路信息。
在本发明实施例中优选的是, 所述源终端发起的服务请求协议包, 可以依据连接在所述源终端与节点服务器之间的接入交换机中预置的 上行协议包地址表的设置, 通过相应接入交换机的上行端口导向至节点 服务器;
其中, 所述上行协议包地址表中设置有, 目的地址为节点服务器地 址的协议包导向的上行端口。
为节省资源, 在完成当次服务后, 节点服务器会在其内部的数据包 地址表中, 将所设置的当次服务数据包导向的端口释放; 并向参与当次 服务的接入交换机发送端口译放命令;
所述接入交换机依据所述端口释放命令在其内部的数据包地址表 中, 将所设置的当次服务数据包导向的端口释放。
优选的是,节点服务器还会向源终端和 /或目标终端发出服务结束命 令, 所述源终端和 /或目标终端依据所述服务结束命令结束服务处理。
为更好地对接入网地址进行集中管理和控制, 所述节点服务器内部 还设置有地址信息表, 所述地址信息表中记录有地址占用信息、 设备标 识信息和设备资源信息。
在完成当次服务后, 节点服务器会修改预置地址信息表中的内容, 所述修改包括将所述释放端口的对应表项的地址占用信息更新为未占 用; 以及, 更新对应的设备标识信息和设备资源信息。
在本发明实施例中, 所述接入网设备可以通过以下步骤接入新型 网:
接入交换机上电, 在其内部的下行协议包地址表中设置所有下行协 议包导向 CPU模块;
所述接入交换机接收节点服务器发送的下行协议包, 依据所述下行 协议包地址表的设置, 将所述下行协议包导向该接入交换机的 CPU模 块, 所述 CPU模块生成上行协议包, 并发送给节点服务器; 所述下行协 议包中包括一个待分配的接入网地址;
节点服务器向该接入交换机发送入网命令, 所述入网命令中包括该 接入交换机的接入网地址, 所述接入网地址即为该接入交换机所接收下 行协议包中的待分配接入网地址;
所述接入交换机更新其内部的下行协议包地址表为, 仅目的地址为 自己接入网地址的协议包导向 CPU模块。
在具体实现中, 往往接入交换机下还连接有其它下级接入网设备, 在这种情况下, 节点服务器会向已入网的接入交换机发送端口分配包, 即作为本发明的一种优选实施例, 当已入网的接入交换机接收到节点服 务器发送的端口分配包时, 所述的方法还包括以下步骤:
已入网的接入交换机将目的地址为自己接入网地址的端口分配包 导向 CPU模块;
依据包中的端口分配信息, 在其内部的下行协议包地址表中, 设置 各个端口下行协议包所导向的下行端口。
进一步而言, 当已入网的接入交换机接收到节点服务器发送的端口 下行协议包时, 所述的方法还包括以下步骤:
所述接入交换机依据其内部下行协议包地址表的设置, 将所述端口 下行协议包导向对应的下行端口; 所述端口下行协议包中包括一个待分 配的接入网地址;
若节点服务器接收到连接在所述接入交换机下行端口的某个下级 接入网设备发送的端口上行协议包, 并向该下级接入网设备发送入网命 令, 所述入网命令中包括该下级接入网设备的接入网地址, 所述接入网 地址即为该下级接入网设备所接收的端口下行协议包中待分配的接入 网地址。 本发明实施例还公开了一种接入网设备的通信连接系统, 所述接入 网设备包括节点服务器、 接入交换机和终端, 所述节点服务器包括: 服务请求接收模块, 用于接收源终端发起的服务请求协议包; 通信链路获取模块, 用于依据源终端发起的服务请求协议包, 获取 当次服务的通信链路信息, 所述通信链路信息包括, 参与当次服务的接 入交换机的通信端口信息;
交换机端口配置模块, 用于依据所述接入交换机的通信端口信息, 向相应的接入交换机发送端口配置命令;
所述接入交换机包括:
地址表配置模块, 用于依据端口配置命令在其内部的数据包地址表 中, 设置当次服务的数据包所导向的端口。
优选的, 通信链路信息还可以包括参与当次服务的节点服务器的通 信端口信息, 则此时, 节点服务器还可以包括地址表配置模块, 用于依 据所述节点服务器的通信端口信息, 在其内部的数据包地址表中设置当 次服务的数据包所导向的端口。
在实际中, 本发明实施例的通信连接方法不仅适用于组播通信, 还 适用于单播通信, 即所述源终端发起的服务请求包括单播通信服务请求 和组播通信服务请求, 相应地, 所述数据包地址表可以包括单播数据包 地址表和组播数据包地址表。
在进行单播通信服务的情况下, 所述节点服务器的通信链路获取模 块包括以下子模块:
单播服务协议包接收子模块, 用于接收源终端发起的、 用于与目标 终端建立单播通信服务的服务请求协议包, 所述服务请求协议包中包括 服务类型信息, 服务内容信息, 以及, 源终端的接入网地址, 其中, 所 述服务内容信息包括服务号码; 目标终端地址获取子模块, 用于依据所述服务号码在预置的内容- 地址映射表中提取目标终端的接入网地址;
通信链路计算子模块, 用于依据所述服务类型信息、 源终端和目标 终端的接入网地址, 获取当次服务的通信链路信息。
对于单播通信服务而言, 所述通信链路信息可以为单向通信链路信 息, 如源终端向目标终端发起单播服务请求, 或者, 目标终端向源终端 发起单播服务请求; 或者, 所述通信链路信息也可以为双向通信链路信 息, 如源终端和目标终端互相向对端发起单播服务请求。
在建立通信连接的过程中, 节点服务器会通知源终端和目标终端, 并依据目标终端的应答判断是否可以采用当前通信链路, 即在本发明的 一种优选实施例中, 所述节点服务器还包括以下模块:
菜单协议包发送模块, 用于向所述源终端和目标终端发送菜单协议 包;
应答协议包接收模块, 用于接收目标终端针对所述菜包协议包发出 的应答协议包。
更具体而言, 所述接入交换机包括位于所述节点服务器和源终端之 间的第一接入交换机, 以及, 位于所述节点服务器和目标终端之间的第 二接入交换机;
所述第一接入交换机还包括:
菜单协议包第一导向模块, 用于依据其内部预置协议包地址表的设 置, 将所述菜单协议包被导向至源终端;
所述第二接入交换机还包括:
菜单协议包第二导向模块, 用于依据其内部预置协议包地址表的设 置, 所述菜单协议包被导向至目标终端;
其中, 所述协议包地址表中设置有, 目的地址为当前接入交换机的 接入网地址的协议包导向 CPU模块; 以及, 目的地址为其它接入网设备 地址的协议包所导向的端口。
即节点服务器可以基于预置协议包地址表的设置向源终端和目标 终端发送菜单协议包。
对于单播服务通信连接的建立而言, 所述节点服务器还包括: 单播地址表确定模块, 用于依据所述服务类型信息, 确定当前设置 的数据包地址表为单播数据包地址表。
由于节点服务器作为接入网中的主控节点, 单播服务通信只涉及节 点服务器的下行端口, 因而所述节点服务器在其内部的单播数据包地址 表中设置当次服务的单播数据包所导向的端口包括:
目的地址为源终端的单播数据包所导向的下行端口; 以及, 目的地 址为目标终端的单播数据包所导向的下行端口。
节点服务器通知接入交换机配表则存在以下两种情况:
1 ) 当所述通信链路信息为单向通信链路信息时, 所述接入交换机 的通信端口信息包括上行链路中接入交换机的上行端口信息, 以及, 下 行链路中接入交换机的下行端口信息;
所述接入交换机依据端口配置命令在其内部的单播数据包地址表 中设置的当次服务的单播数据包所导向的端口包括:
目的地址为目标终端的单播数据包所导向的上行链路中接入交换 机的上行端口和下行链路中接入交换机的下行端口。
2 ) 当所述通信链路信息为双向通信链路信息时, 所述接入交换机 的通信端口信息包括上行链路中接入交换机的上行端口和下行端口信 息, 以及, 下行链路中接入交换机的上行端口和下行端口信息;
所述接入交换机依据所述端口配置命令在其内部的单播数据包地 址表中设置的当次服务的单播数据包所导向的端口包括:
目的地址为目标终端的单播数据包所导向的上行链路中接入交换 机的上行端口和下行端口; 以及, 目的地址为源终端的单播数据包所导 向的下行链路中接入交换机的上行端口的下行端口。
在具体实现中, 所述节点服务器还包括:
服务处理命令发送模块, 用于分别向源终端与目标终端发送服务处 理命令; 所述源终端包括命令执行模块, 用于依据所述服务处理命令执行相 应的操作;
所述目标终端包括命令执行模块, 用于依据所述服务处理命令执行 相应的操作。 在进行组播通信服务的情况下, 所述节点服务器的通信链路获取模 块包括:
组播通信申请请求接收子模块, 用于接收目标终端发起的申请组播 通信服务的服务请求协议包, 所述服务请求协议包中包括服务类型信 息、 服务内容信息和目标终端的接入网地址; 其中, 所述服务内容信息 中包括服务号码;
源终端地址提取子模块,用于依据所述服务号码在预置的内容 -地址 映射表中, 提取源终端的接入网地址;
组播地址第一分配子模块, 用于获取所述源终端对应的组播地址, 并分配给目标终端;
组播申请链路计算子模块, 用于依据所述服务类型信息、 源终端和 目标终端的接入网地址, 获取当次组播服务的通信链路信息。
在实际中, 组播数据包可能是由源终端发出的, 在这种情况下, 所 述节点服务器的通信链路获取模块还包括:
组播通信发起请求接收子模块, 用于接收源终端提交的发起组播通 信服务的服务请求协议包, 所述服务请求协议包中包括服务类型信息, 服务内容信息, 以及, 源终端的接入网地址, 其中, 所述服务内容信息 中包括服务号码;
组播地址第二分配子模块, 用于依据所述服务请求协议包向源终端 分配组播地址;
上行链路计算子模块, 用于依据服务类型信息, 以及, 节点服务器 与所述源终端的接入网地址, 获取当次组播服务上行的通信链路信息。
还有一种可能的组播服务是, 源终端在发送组播数据包时, 自己也 会接收该组播数据包, 在这种情况下, 所述节点服务器的通信链路获取 模块还包括:
下行链路计算子模块, 用于依据服务类型信息, 以及, 节点服务器 与所述源终端的接入网地址, 获取当次组播服务下行的通信链路信息。
在实际中, 所述节点服务器还包括:
组播地址表确定模块, 用于依据所述服务类型信息, 确定当前设置 的数据包地址表为组播数据包地址表。
由于节点服务器作为接入网中的主控节点, 组播服务通信只涉及节 点服务器的下行端口, 因而所述节点服务器在其内部的组播数据包地址 表中设置当次服务的组播数据包所导向的端口包括:
目的地址为组播地址的组播数据包所导向的下行端口。
作为一种组播服务的实施例, 节点服务器所获取的接入交换机的通 信端口信息包括上行链路中接入交换机的上行端口信息, 以及, 下行链 路中接入交换机的下行端口信息;
所述接入交换机依据所述端口配置命令在其内部的组播数据包地 址表中设置的当次服务的组播数据包所导向的端口包括:
目的地址为组播地址的组播数据包所导向的上行链路中接入交换 机的上行端口和下行链路中接入交换机的下行端口。
作为另一种组播服务的实施例, 节点服务器所获取的接入交换机的 通信端口信息还包括上行链路中接入交换机的下行端口信息;
所述接入交换机依据所述端口配置命令在其内部的组播数据包地 址表中设置的当次服务的组播数据包所导向的端口还包括:
目的地址为组播地址的组播数据包所导向的上行链路中接入交换 机的下行端口。
在具体实现中, 所述端口配置命令记录在协议包中, 所述节点服务 器还包括:
协议包导向模块, 用于依据其内部预置的下行协议包地址表的设 置, 通过连接相应接入交换机的下行端口将所述协议包导向至对应的接 入交换机;
其中, 所述下行协议包地址表中设置有, 目的地址为下级接入网设 备地址的协议包所导向的下行端口。
如果节点服务器当前获得多条当次服务的通信链路信息, 则所述节 点服务器的通信链路获取模块还包括:
通信链路选择子模块, 用于在获得多条当次服务的通信链路信息 时, 按照预置规则选择其中一条通信链路信息为当次服务的通信链路信 息。 其中, 所述预置规则可以为节点服务器获取各条通信链路的流量信 息, 以及, 当次服务的流量信息, 确定已用流量最小的通信链路为当次 服务的通信链路信息; 或者, 所述预置规则也可以为节点服务器获取各 条通信链路的带宽信息, 以及, 当次服务的带宽信息, 确定带宽最大的 通信链路为当次服务的通信链路信息。
优选的是, 在所述接入交换机为连接在所述源终端与节点服务器之 间的接入交换机时, 所述接入交换机还包括:
协议包导向模块, 用于依据其内部预置上行协议包地址表的设置, 将所述源终端发起的服务请求协议包, 通过该接入交换机的上行端口导 向至节点服务器;
其中, 所述上行协议包地址表中设置有, 目的地址为节点服务器地 址的协议包导向的上行端口。
在完成当次服务后, 所述节点服务器还包括:
服务器端口释放模块, 用于在完成当次服务后, 在其内部的数据包 地址表中, 将所设置的当次服务数据包导向的端口译放;
交换机端口释放配置模块, 用于向参与当次服务的接入交换机发送 端口释放命令;
所述接入交换机还包括:
端口释放模块, 用于依据所述端口译放命令在其内部的数据包地址 表中, 将所设置的当次服务数据包导向的端口释放。
进一步而言, 在完成当次服务后, 所述节点服务器还可以包括: 服务结束命令发送模块,用于向源终端和 /或目标终端发出服务结束 命令;
所述源终端还包括第一结束服务模块, 用于依据服务结束命令结束 服务处理;
所述目标终端还包括第二结束服务模块, 用于依据服务结束命令结 束服务处理。
为更好地对接入网地址进行集中管理和控制, 所述节点服务器内部 还设置有地址信息表, 所述地址信息表中记录有地址占用信息、 设备标 识信息和设备资源信息。
在这种情况下, 当完成当次服务后, 所述节点服务器还包括: 地址信息表修改模块, 用于修改预置地址信息表中的内容, 所述修 改包括将所述译放端口的对应表项的地址占用信息更新为未占用; 以 及, 更新对应的设备标识信息和设备资源信息。
在本发明实施例中, 所述接入网设备可以采用以下功能模块接入新 型网:
所述节点服务器包括向接入交换机发送下行协议包的下行协议包 发送模块, 以及, 依据接入交换机回复的上行协议包发送入网命令的第 一入网命令发送模块;
所述接入交换机还包括:
0号表初始化配置模块, 用于在上电时, 在其内部的下行协议包地 址表中设置所有下行协议包导向 CPU模块;
下行协议包接收模块, 用于依据所述下行协议包地址表的设置, 将 接收到的下行协议包导向该接入交换机的 CPU模块,所述下行协议包中 包括一个待分配的接入网地址;
上行协议包回复模块,用于由所述 CPU模块生成上行协议包, 并发 送给节点服务器;
第一入网命令接收模块, 用于接收节点服务器发送的入网命令, 所 述入网命令中包括该接入交换机的接入网地址, 所述接入网地址即为该 接入交换机所接收下行协议包中的待分配接入网地址;
0号表第一设置模块, 用于更新其内部的下行协议包地址表为, 仅 目的地址为自己接入网地址的协议包导向 CPU模块。
在具体实现中, 往往接入交换机下还连接有其它下级接入网设备, 在这种情况下, 节点服务器会向已入网的接入交换机发送端口分配包, 即作为本发明的一种优选实施例, 所述节点服务器还包括用于向已入网 的接入交换机发送端口分配包的端口分配包发送模块, 所述端口分配包 中包括端口分配信息, 所述端口分配信息为各个端口下行协议包导向所 述接入交换机各个下行端口的信息;
所述接入交换机还包括:
第一导向模块, 用于将目的地址为自己接入网地址的端口分配包导 向 CPU模块;
0号表第二设置模块, 用于依据所述端口分配信息, 在其内部的下 行协议包地址表中, 设置各个端口下行协议包所导向的下行端口。
更为优选的是, 所述节点服务器还包括用于向已入网的接入交换机 发送端口下行协议包的端口下行协议包发送模块, 所述端口下行协议包 中包括一个待分配的接入网地址;
所述接入交换机还包括:
第二导向模块, 用于依据其内部下行协议包地址表的设置, 将所述 端口下行协议包导向对应的下行端口。
更为优选的是, 所述接入网设备还包括连接在已入网接入交换机下 行端口的下级接入网设备, 所述节点服务器还包括用于向所述下级接入 网设备发送入网命令的第二入网命令发送模块;
所述下级接入网设备包括:
端口上行协议包回复模块, 用于针对接收到的端口下行协议包生成 端口上行协议包, 并发送给节点服务器;
第二入网命令接收模块, 用于接收节点服务器发送的入网命令, 所 述入网命令中包括该下级接入交换机的接入网地址, 所述接入网地址即 为该下级接入交换机所接收端口下行协议包中的待分配接入网地址。 本发明实施例还公开了一种节点服务器, 包括:
服务请求接收模块, 用于接收源终端发起的服务请求协议包; 通信链路获取模块, 用于依据源终端发起的服务请求协议包, 获取 当次服务的通信链路信息, 所述通信链路信息包括, 参与当次服务的接 入交换机的通信端口信息;
交换机端口配置模块, 用于依据所述接入交换机的通信端口信息, 向相应的接入交换机发送端口配置命令。
优选的, 通信链路信息还可以包括参与当次服务的节点服务器的通 信端口信息, 则此时, 节点服务器还可以包括地址表配置模块, 用于依 据所述节点服务器的通信端口信息, 在其内部的数据包地址表中设置当 次服务的数据包所导向的端口。
在实际中, 本发明实施例的通信连接方法不仅适用于组播通信, 还 适用于单播通信, 即所述源终端发起的服务请求包括单播通信服务请求 和组播通信服务请求, 相应地, 所述数据包地址表可以包括单播数据包 地址表和组播数据包地址表。
在进行单播通信服务的情况下, 所述通信链路获取模块包括: 单播服务协议包接收子模块, 用于接收源终端发起的、 用于与目标 终端建立单播通信服务的服务请求协议包, 所述服务请求协议包中包括 服务类型信息, 服务内容信息, 以及, 源终端的接入网地址, 其中, 所 述服务内容信息包括服务号码;
目标终端地址获取子模块, 用于依据所述服务号码在预置的内容- 地址映射表中提取目标终端的接入网地址;
通信链路计算子模块, 用于依据所述服务类型信息、 源终端和目标 终端的接入网地址, 获取当次服务的通信链路信息。
对于单播通信服务而言, 所述通信链路信息可以为单向通信链路信 息, 如源终端向目标终端发起单播服务请求, 或者, 目标终端向源终端 发起单播服务请求; 或者, 所述通信链路信息也可以为双向通信链路信 息, 如源终端和目标终端互相向对端发起单播服务请求。
在建立通信连接的过程中, 节点服务器会通知源终端和目标终端, 并依据目标终端的应答判断是否可以采用当前通信链路, 即在本发明的 一种优选实施例中, 所述节点服务器还包括:
菜单协议包发送模块, 用于向所述源终端和目标终端发送菜单协议 包;
应答协议包接收模块, 用于接收目标终端针对所述菜包协议包发出 的应答协议包。
在具体实现中, 所述节点服务器还包括:
单播地址表确定模块, 用于依据所述服务类型信息, 确定当前设置 的数据包地址表为单播数据包地址表。
由于节点服务器作为接入网中的主控节点, 单播服务通信只涉及节 点服务器的下行端口, 因而所述节点服务器在其内部的单播数据包地址 表中设置当次服务的单播数据包所导向的端口包括:
目的地址为源终端的单播数据包所导向的下行端口; 以及, 目的地 址为目标终端的单播数据包所导向的下行端口。
在具体实现中, 在向接入交换机发送端口配置命令时, 节点服务器 还可以分别向源终端与目标终端发送服务处理命令, 如编解码命令, 即 优选的是, 所述节点服务器还包括:
服务处理命令发送模块, 用于分别向源终端与目标终端发送服务处 理命令。
在进行组播通信服务的情况下, 所述通信链路获取模块包括: 组播通信申请请求接收子模块, 用于接收目标终端发起的申请组播 通信服务的服务请求协议包, 所述服务请求协议包中包括服务类型信 息、 服务内容信息和目标终端的接入网地址; 其中, 所述服务内容信息 中包括服务号码;
源终端地址提取子模块,用于依据所述服务号码在预置的内容 -地址 映射表中 , 提取源终端的接入网地址;
组播地址第一分配子模块, 用于获取所述源终端对应的组播地址, 并分配给目标终端;
组播申请链路计算子模块, 用于依据所述服务类型信息、 源终端和 目标终端的接入网地址, 获取当次组播服务的通信链路信息。
在实际中, 组播数据包可能是由源终端发出的, 在这种情况下, 所 述通信链路获取模块还包括:
组播通信发起请求接收子模块, 用于接收源终端提交的发起组播通 信服务的服务请求协议包, 所述服务请求协议包中包括服务类型信息, 服务内容信息, 以及, 源终端的接入网地址, 其中, 所述服务内容信息 中包括服务号码;
组播地址第二分配子模块, 用于依据所述服务请求协议包向源终端 分配组播地址;
上行链路计算子模块, 用于依据服务类型信息, 以及, 节点服务器 与所述源终端的接入网地址, 获取当次组播服务上行的通信链路信息。
还有一种可能的组播业务是, 源终端在发送组播数据包时, 自己也 会接收该组播数据包, 在这种情况下, 所述通信链路获取模块还包括: 下行链路计算子模块, 用于依据服务类型信息, 以及, 节点服务器 与所述源终端的接入网地址, 获取当次组播服务下行的通信链路信息。
在实际中, 所述的节点服务器还包括:
组播地址表确定模块, 用于依据所述服务类型信息, 确定当前设置 的数据包地址表为组播数据包地址表。
由于节点服务器作为接入网中的主控节点, 组播服务通信只涉及节 点服务器的下行端口, 因而所述节点服务器在其内部的组播数据包地址 表中设置当次服务的组播数据包所导向的端口包括:
目的地址为组播地址的组播数据包所导向的下行端口。
在具体实现中, 所述端口配置命令记录在协议包中, 所述节点服务 器还包括: 协议包导向模块, 用于依据其内部预置的下行协议包地址表的设 置, 通过连接相应接入交换机的下行端口将所述协议包导向至对应的接 入交换机;
其中, 所述下行协议包地址表中设置有, 目的地址为下级接入网设 备地址的协议包所导向的下行端口。
在具体实现中, 在向接入交换机发送端口配置命令时, 节点服务器 还可以向目标终端发送服务处理命令, 由目标终端依据所述服务处理命 令执行相应的操作; 或者, 节点服务器还可以向源终端发送服务处理命 令, 由源终端依据所述服务处理命令执行相应的操作。 即优选的是, 节 点服务器还包括:
服务处理命令第一发送模块, 用于向目标终端发送服务处理命令; 和 /或,
服务处理命令第二发送模块, 用于向源终端发送服务处理命令。 如果节点服务器当前获得多条当次服务的通信链路信息, 则所述通 信链路获取模块还包括:
通信链路选择子模块, 用于在获得多条当次服务的通信链路信息 时, 按照预置规则选择其中一条通信链路信息为当次服务的通信链路信 息。
作为本发明的一种优选实施例, 所述预置规则可以为节点服务器获 取各条通信链路的流量信息, 以及, 当次服务的流量信息, 确定已用流 量最小的通信链路为当次服务的通信链路信息。 或者, 所述预置规则也 可以为节点服务器获取各条通信链路的带宽信息, 以及, 当次服务的带 宽信息, 确定带宽最大的通信链路为当次服务的通信链路信息。
在完成当次的服务后, 所述的节点服务器还包括:
服务器端口释放模块, 用于在完成当次服务后, 在其内部的数据包 地址表中, 将所设置的当次服务数据包导向的端口译放;
交换机端口释放配置模块, 用于向参与当次服务的接入交换机发送 端口释放命令。 优选的是, 所述的节点服务器还包括:
服务结束命令发送模块,用于向源终端和 /或目标终端发出服务结束 命令。
为更好地对接入网地址进行集中管理和控制, 所述节点服务器内部 还设置有地址信息表, 所述地址信息表中记录有地址占用信息、 设备标 识信息和设备资源信息。
在这种情况下, 当完成当次服务后, 所述节点服务器还包括地址信 息表修改模块, 用于修改预置地址信息表中的内容, 所述修改包括将所 述译放端口的对应表项的地址占用信息更新为未占用; 以及, 更新对应 的设备标识信息和设备资源信息。 本发明实施例还公开了一种接入交换机, 包括:
端口配置命令接收模块, 用于接收节点服务器发送的端口配置命 令, 所述端口配置命令包括当次服务的通信链路信息中, 参与当次服务 的接入交换机的通信端口信息; 其中, 所述通信链路信息依据源终端发 起的服务请求协议包生成;
地址表配置模块, 用于依据所述端口配置命令在其内部的数据包地 址表中, 设置当次服务的数据包所导向的端口。
优选的是, 所述源终端发起的服务请求包括单播通信服务请求和组 播通信服务请求; 相应地, 所述数据包地址表包括单播数据包地址表和 组播数据包地址表。
在建立通信连接的过程中, 节点服务器会通知源终端和目标终端, 并依据目标终端的应答判断是否可以采用当前通信链路, 即在本发明的 一种优选实施例中, 所述接入交换机包括位于所述节点服务器和源终端 之间的第一接入交换机, 以及, 位于所述节点服务器和目标终端之间的 第二接入交换机;
所述第一接入交换机还包括:
菜单协议包第一导向模块, 用于依据其内部预置协议包地址表的设 置, 将所述菜单协议包被导向至源终端;
所述第二接入交换机还包括:
菜单协议包第二导向模块, 用于依据其内部预置协议包地址表的设 置, 所述菜单协议包被导向至目标终端;
其中, 所述协议包地址表中设置有, 目的地址为当前接入交换机的 接入网地址的协议包导向 CPU模块; 以及, 目的地址为其它接入网设备 地址的协议包所导向的端口。
即节点服务器可以基于预置协议包地址表的设置向源终端和目标 终端发送菜单协议包。
节点服务器通知接入交换机配表则存在以下两种情况:
1 ) 当所述通信链路信息为单向通信链路信息时, 所述接入交换机 的通信端口信息包括上行链路中接入交换机的上行端口信息, 以及, 下 行链路中接入交换机的下行端口信息;
所述接入交换机依据端口配置命令在其内部的单播数据包地址表 中设置的当次服务的单播数据包所导向的端口包括:
目的地址为目标终端的单播数据包所导向的上行链路中接入交换 机的上行端口和下行链路中接入交换机的下行端口。
2 ) 当所述通信链路信息为双向通信链路信息时, 所述接入交换机 的通信端口信息包括上行链路中接入交换机的上行端口和下行端口信 息, 以及, 下行链路中接入交换机的上行端口和下行端口信息;
所述接入交换机依据所述端口配置命令在其内部的单播数据包地 址表中设置的当次服务的单播数据包所导向的端口包括:
目的地址为目标终端的单播数据包所导向的上行链路中接入交换 机的上行端口和下行端口; 以及, 目的地址为源终端的单播数据包所导 向的下行链路中接入交换机的上行端口的下行端口。
在进行组播通信服务的情况下, 所述接入交换机的通信端口信息包 括上行链路中接入交换机的上行端口信息, 以及, 下行链路中接入交换 机的下行端口信息; 所述接入交换机依据所述端口配置命令在其内部的组播数据包地 址表中设置的当次服务的组播数据包所导向的端口包括:
目的地址为组播地址的组播数据包所导向的上行链路中接入交换 机的上行端口和下行链路中接入交换机的下行端口。
在实际中, 组播数据包可能是由源终端发出的, 在这种情况下, 所 述接入交换机的通信端口信息还包括上行链路中接入交换机的下行端 口信息;
所述接入交换机依据所述端口配置命令在其内部的组播数据包地 址表中设置的当次服务的组播数据包所导向的端口还包括:
目的地址为组播地址的组播数据包所导向的上行链路中接入交换 机的下行端口。
还有一种可能的组播服务是, 源终端在发送组播数据包时, 自己也 会接收该组播数据包, 在这种情况下, 所述接入交换机为连接在所述源 终端与节点服务器之间的接入交换机, 所述接入交换机还包括:
协议包导向模块, 用于依据其内部预置上行协议包地址表的设置, 将所述源终端发起的服务请求协议包通过该接入交换机的上行端口导 向至节点服务器;
其中, 所述上行协议包地址表中设置有, 目的地址为节点服务器地 址的协议包导向的上行端口。
在完成当次服务后, 所述的接入交换机还包括:
端口释放模块, 用于依据节点服务器发送的端口释放命令在其内部 的数据包地址表中, 将所设置的当次服务数据包导向的端口释放。 需要说明的是, 从实际硬件的角度划分, 本发明的节点服务器主要 包括网络接口模块、 交换引擎模块、 CPU模块、 磁盘阵列模块; 本发明 的接入交换机主要包括网络接口模块(下行网络接口模块、 上行网络接 口模块)、 交换引擎模块和 CPU模块; 由于上述硬件模块针对不同的处 理情况,所执行的功能并不相同, 比如, 交换引擎模块对于不同的包(协 议包、 数据包等), 所查的地址表就不一样, 获得的包的导向信息就不 一样; 或如, CPU模块在收到包的情况下, 可能是配地址表, 也可能是 解析包并生成一个应答包。 因而, 为使本领域技术人员更好地理解本发 明, 在本发明实施例中, 主要从功能角度描述了本发明的节点服务器、 接入交换机及接入网设备的入网系统所涉及的模块, 然而实质上, 这些 功能模块与实际硬件模块是对应的。 与现有技术相比, 本发明具有以下优点:
本发明通过主控服务器, 在发起服务请求时 (通信过程建立的协议交 互过程中), 针对服务请求的情况以针对各个接入交换机配表的方式, 对本 次服务数据的传输路径进行实现设置, 在数据包的传输过程中, 直接按照 该传输路径进行传输即可, 而无需采用现有 IP协议的解决方案, 由每个数 据包自行协商传输路由。 总之, 本发明可以保证传输通路的稳定和通畅, 避免多媒体业务的延时。
其次, 本发明对所有数据业务(尤其是单播数据包)都采用配表的方 式, 事先设定路径, 这样可以满足国家信息安全的需要。 例如, 对于国家 信息安全而言, 其需要对新型网络中的某些数据进行监控, 而采用本发 明配表的方式, 可以非常容易的将本次业务所传输的数据导向监控通 道, 以保证国家信息安全的需求。
再者, 在本发明中, 接入交换机不需要针对每个数据包进行路由的 计算, 也不需要维护其周围的网络设备拓朴, 只要按照实现配置的数据 包地址表进行导向传输即可, 而该导向过程可以由硬件实现, 可以大大 提高交换机的导向效率, 并可以大大降低交换机的运算需求, 节约硬件 资源。 附图说明
图 1是本发明的一种节点服务器的硬件结构示意图;
图 2是本发明的一种接入交换机的硬件结构示意图; 图 3是本发明的一种节点服务器、接入交换机、终端的连接示意图; 图 4是本发明的一种接入交换机入网过程的示意图:
图 5是本发明的一种节点服务器与接入交换机的连接示意图; 图 6是本发明的一种终端入网过程的示意图。 具体实施方式
为使本发明的上述目的、 特征和优点能够更加明显易懂, 下面结合 附图和具体实施方式对本发明作进一步详细的说明。
一、 以下简单介绍本发明的核心构思:
本专利发明人认为, 本发明实现全网品质保证的充分条件有以下几 点:
第一, IP 互联网核心理论中关于"尽力而为"(Best Efforts ) 的机制 必然导致网络流量不均匀和频繁的丟包。 实际上, TCP 协议正是利用网 络丟包状态来调节发送流量。
第二, IP 互联网核心理论中关于"储存转发"(Store & Forward ) 的 机制在吸收本地突发流量的同时, 将造成下一个节点网络流量更大的不 均匀。
第三, IP 互联网核心理论中关于"检错重发,, (Error Detection & Retransmission ) 的机制在同步视频通讯中, 将造成不可容忍的延时, 因 此没有实用价值。
第四, 连续性的网络流量不均匀或突发流量必然导致周期性交换机 (路由器)丟包。
由此可见, 由于电脑文件突发流量本质是离散性, 没有后继, 上述 IP 互联网核心理论曾经使互联网高效率传输文件。 但是, 面对连续性同步 流媒体传输中的品质保证, 昔日的功臣却成了破坏网络传输品质的元凶。 我们已经从前面论述中得出结论, 任何资源预留、 优先级别和轻载方案 都不能从根本上解决同步流媒体的品质保证。
既然前述方法无一可行, 那么, 解决网络传输品质保证的出路在哪 里?
本专利发明人认为, 当前各种 QoS 方法, 都建立在一种错误的假设 上。 根据这种假设, QoS 的解决方法是为视讯流量提供优先处理的特权。 但事实是, 由于不同媒体形式所需的网络流量极度不匀, 只要有少数人 使用视讯服务, 网络上的视讯流量将占据绝对主体。
如果换一角度看, 专门为大部分网络流量提供好的品质, 等效于专 门为少部分非视讯流量提供差的品质。 既然, 大部分网络流量必须要求 品质保证, 那么, 剩下少数不要求品质保证的业务流量也都给于品质保 证何尝不可。 假设 1000 位旅客订飞机票时都要求头等抢, 只有少数几位 可以接受经济舱, 那么, 航空公司的自然措施是取消经济舱。 因为, 为 了满足极少数差异化的经济舱, 航空公司所花的代价远大于给这些旅客 提供免费升舱。 实际上, 网络传输品质完全不保证, 或者完全有保证都 很简单,难就难在部分保证和部分不保证, 尤其还不知道这"部分"两字的 界线划在哪里。 因此, 只要为全部网络业务都提供品质保证, QoS 问题 就不存在了。
IP 互联网初期好比是乡间小路,在民风淳朴的小镇不需要交通警察。 但是到了繁华的大都市, 有些热闹路段的红绿灯和交通警察都控制不了 混乱局面, 出行赴约难以确定时间, 就像今天的 IP 互联网。
本发明好比是高速公路, 不需要警察和红绿灯, 水泥隔开的车道和 立交桥确保汽车在规定的道路行驶。 根据加州交通局的经验, 避免高速 公路堵车的办法是关闭入口匝道。
加州高速公路的设计思路有三个特点:
•在公路入口匝道设置开关, 控制宏观车流量。
*保持车速稳定, 提高道路通车率。
•采用水泥结构的道路分隔和立交桥, 而不是警察和红绿灯来规范车 辆行驶。
本发明实施例遵循电话网的原理, 采取类似上述高速公路的三项措 施: •每条通路都计算和实测流量 , 一旦流量接近饱和 , 采取绕道或拒绝 新用户加入。
*严格均流发送, 本发明实施例 TV 能够在 90%重载流量下, 达到百 万分之一的丟包率。
•上行数据匹配和流量控制, 从结构上确保用户严格遵守交通规则, 因为品质保证措施不可能指望用户自觉执行。
电脑文件与流媒体是两种截然不同的媒体形式, 处理方式相互排斥。 本发明的网络理论和实践揭示了两项成果:
•本发明实施例百倍于 IP 互联网的性价比优势
•发展高品质对称电视不干扰现有 IP 互联网业务的实施方法 尤其在大流量的骨干网络, 电脑文件和流媒体通过不同波长合用一 根光纤。 如果一定要统一到单一网络, 如接入网, 那么应该是将电脑文 件统一到视讯流媒体网络。本发明实施例提供了完整的透明承载 IP互联网 的解决方案。
将流媒体与文件分开处理只是第一步, 如何保证独立的流媒体网络 口口 臾 :
前面说过, PSTN 电话网络采用严格的同步机制, 当流量百分之百用 满之前, 不会出现网络阻塞现象。 从理论上讲, 多个均勾流合并以后, 还是均勾流。 实践进一步证明, 在均勾流的前提下, 网络流量可以接近 于极限值, 而不发生丟包现象。 由于占据未来网络流量中九成以上的视 讯媒体流, 本身具备均勾流特征。 因此, 以视讯业务为主要目标的本发 明互联网品质保证的途径自然是消除信源流量不均勾, 尤其在意从根本 上防止重载条件下网络交换机的丟包现象。
本发明实施例是用改良以太网建立面向连接的电路, 全网统一采用 定长度数据包。 只要改变发包时间间隔, 就可以得到任意带宽的媒体流。 为了保证网络均流特征, 本发明互联网要求终端设计必须具备均流能力。 但是, 在实际网络环境中, 显然不可能寄希望于用户自觉遵守均流规定。 因此, 本发明实施例节点服务器向网络交换机发放通行证, 只允许用户 数据包在很细的时间精度下均勾通过。 对于符合规定要求设计的用户终 端, 通行证是完全透明的。
在上述前提下, 网络实践得出令人满意的结果, 本发明的交换机能 够在 90%带宽利用率的条件下, 获得优于百万分之一的重载丟包率。
综上所述, 品质保证是下一代网络不可回避的问题, 流媒体网络是 不同于传统电脑文件的另外一个物种。 因此, ^ίι爹改 IP互联网去适应视讯业 务是没有前途的, 创立新的网络是唯一的出路。 二、 以下对本发明提出的一种新型网进行介绍:
新型网是一种集中控制的网络结构,该网络可以是树型网、星型网、 环状网等等类型, 但在此基础上网络中需要有集中控制节点来控制整个 网络。
新型网分为接入网和城域网两部分。 接入网部分的设备主要可以分 为 3类: 节点服务器, 接入交换机, 终端 (包括各种机顶盒、 编码板、 存储器等)。 其中, 节点服务器是接入网中起集中控制功能的节点, 可 控制接入交换机和终端。 节点服务器可直接与接入交换机相连, 也可以 直接与终端相连。 类似的, 城域网部分的设备也可以分为 3类: 城域服 务器, 节点交换机, 节点服务器。 其中, 节点服务器即为接入网部分的 节点服务器, 即节点服务器既属于接入网部分, 又属于城域网部分。 城 域服务器是城域网中起集中控制功能的节点, 可控制节点交换机和节点 服务器。城域服务器可直接连接节点交换机,也可直接连接节点服务器。 由此可见, 整个新型网络是一种分层集中控制的网络结构, 而节点服务 器和城域服务器下控制的网络可以是树型、 星型、 环状等各种结构。
1、 新型网设备分类
1.1 本发明的新型网系统中的设备主要可以分为 3类: 服务器, 交 换机(包括以太网网关), 终端(包括各种机顶盒, 编码板,存储器等)。 新型网整体上可以分为城域网 (或者国家网、 全球网等) 和接入网。 1.2 其中接入网部分的设备主要可以分为 3类: 节点服务器, 接入 交换机(包括以太网网关), 终端 (包括各种机顶盒, 编码板, 存储器 等)。
各接入网设备的具体硬件结构为:
节点服务器:
如图 1所示, 主要包括网络接口模块 101、 交换引擎模块 102、 CPU 模块 103、 磁盘阵列模块;
其中, 网络接口模块 101 , CPU模块 103、 磁盘阵列模块 104进来 的包均进入交换引擎模块 102; 交换引擎模块 102对进来的包进行查地 址表 105的操作, 从而获得包的导向信息; 并根据包的导向信息把该包 存入对应的包緩存器 106的队列; 如果包緩存器 106的队列接近满, 则 丟弃; 交换引擎模块 102轮询所有包緩存器队列, 如果满足以下条件进 行转发: 1 ) 该端口发送緩存未满; 2 ) 该队列包计数器大于零。 磁盘阵 列模块 104主要实现对硬盘的控制, 包括对硬盘的初始化、读写等操作; CPU模块 103主要负责与接入交换机、 终端(图中未示出)之间的协议 处理, 对地址表 105 (包括下行协议包地址表、 上行协议包地址表、 数 据包地址表) 的配置, 以及, 对磁盘阵列模块 104的配置。
接入交换机:
如图 2所示, 主要包括网络接口模块 (下行网络接口模块 201、 上 行网络接口模块 202 )、 交换引擎模块 203和 CPU模块 204;
其中, 下行网络接口模块 201进来的包(上行数据) 进入包检测模 块 205; 包检测模块 205检测包的目地地址 (DA )、 源地址 (SA )、 数 据包类型及包长度是否符合要求, 如果符合, 则分配相应的流标识符 ( stream-id ), 并进入交换引擎模块 203 , 否则丟弃; 上行网络接口模块 202进来的包 (下行数据 ) 进入交换引擎模块 203 ; CPU模块 204进来 的数据包进入交换引擎模块 203 ; 交换引擎模块 203对进来的包进行查 地址表 206的操作,从而获得包的导向信息;如果进入交换引擎模块 203 的包是下行网络接口往上行网络接口去的, 则结合流标识符( stream-id ) 把该包存入对应的包緩存器 207的队列; 如果该包緩存器 207的队列接 近满, 则丟弃; 如果进入交换引擎模块 203的包不是下行网络接口往上 行网络接口去的, 则根据包的导向信息, 把该数据包存入对应的包緩存 器 207的队列; 如果该包緩存器 207的队列接近满, 则丟弃。
交换引擎模块 203轮询所有包緩存器队列, 在本发明实施例中分两 种情形:
如果该队列是下行网络接口往上行网络接口去的, 则满足以下条件 进行转发: 1 ) 该端口发送緩存未满; 2 ) 该队列包计数器大于零; 3 ) 获得码率控制模块产生的令牌;
如果该队列不是下行网络接口往上行网络接口去的, 则满足以下条 件进行转发: 1 ) 该端口发送緩存未满; 2 ) 该队列包计数器大于零。
码率控制模块 208是由 CPU模块 204来配置的,在可编程的间隔内 对所有下行网络接口往上行网络接口去的包緩存器队列产生令牌, 用以 控制上行转发的码率。
CPU模块 204主要负责与节点服务器之间的协议处理,对地址表 206 的配置, 以及, 对码率控制模块 208的配置。
终端:
主要包括网络接口模块、 业务处理模块和 CPU模块; 例如, 机顶盒 主要包括网络接口模块、 视音频编解码引擎模块、 CPU模块; 编码板主 要包括网络接口模块、 视音频编码引擎模块、 CPU模块; 存储器主要包 括网络接口模块、 CPU模块和磁盘阵列模块。
1.3 城域网部分的设备主要可以分为 2类: 节点服务器, 节点交换 机, 城域服务器。 其中, 节点交换机主要包括网络接口模块、 交换引擎 模块和 CPU模块;城域服务器主要包括网络接口模块、交换引擎模块和 CPU模块构成。 2、 新型网数据包定义
2.1 接入网数据包定义
接入网的数据包主要包括以下几部分: 目的地址 (DA )、 源地址 ( SA )、 保留字节、 payload ( PDU )、 CRC。
如下表所示, 接入网的数据包主要包括以下几部分:
Figure imgf000038_0001
其巾:
目的地址(DA ) 由 8个字节 (byte )组成, 第一个字节表示数据包 的类型 (例如各种协议包、 组播数据包、 单播数据包等), 最多有 256 种可能, 第二字节到第六字节为城域网地址, 第七、 第八字节为接入网 地址;
源地址( SA )也是由 8个字节(byte )组成, 定义与目的地址(DA ) 相同;
保留字节由 2个字节组成;
payload 部分根据不同的数据报的类型有不同的长度, 如果是各种 协议包的话是 64个字节, 如果是单组播数据包话是 32 + 1024 = 1056个 字节, 当然并不仅仅限于以上 2种;
CRC有 4个字节组成, 其计算方法遵循标准的以太网 CRC算法。
2.2 城域网数据包定义
城域网的拓朴是图型, 两个设备之间可能有 2种、 甚至 2种以上的 连接, 即节点交换机和节点服务器、 节点交换机和节点交换机、 节点交 换机和节点服务器之间都可能超过 2种连接。 但是, 城域网设备的城域 网地址却是唯一的, 为了精确描述城域网设备之间的连接关系, 在本发 明实施例中引入参数: 标签, 来唯一描述一个城域网设备。
本说明书中标签的定义和 MPLS ( Multi-Protocol Label Switch, 多协 议标签交换)的标签的定义类似,假设设备 A和设备 B之间有两个连接, 那么数据包从设备 A到设备 B就有 2个标签,数据包从设备 B到设备 A 也有 2个标签。 标签分入标签、 出标签, 假设数据包进入设备 A的标签 (入标签)是 0x0000, 这个数据包离开设备 A时的标签 (出标签) 可 能就变成了 0x0001。 城域网的入网流程是集中控制下的入网过程, 也就 意味着城域网的地址分配、 标签分配都是由城域服务器主导的, 节点交 换机、 节点服务器都是被动的执行而已, 这一点与 MPLS的标签分配是 不同的, MPLS的标签分配是交换机、 服务器互相协商的结果。
如下表所示, 城域网的数据包主要包括以下几部分:
Figure imgf000039_0001
即目的地址 (DA )、 源地址 (SA )、 保留字节 (Reserved ), 标签、 payload ( PDU )、 CRC。 其中, 标签的格式可以参考如下定义: 标签是 32bit, 其中高 16bit保留, 只用低 16bit, 它的位置是在数据包的保留字 节和 ayload之间。
3、 新型网实现
以下讨论节点服务器与接入交换机、 节点服务器与终端的入网流 程。 为了简化设计, 定义在接入网中的数据包类型为 4种, 分别是: 下行协议包 (由节点服务器发往接入交换机、 终端的协议包); 上行协议包 (由接入交换机、 终端回应给节点服务器的协议包); 单播数据包;
组播数据包;
接入网的地址总共是 16bit, 所以总共可以接入的接入交换机、 终端 数为 65536, 假设下行协议包的数据报类型为" 1000 0000" (二进制), 也 就是 0x80 (十六进制 ), 上行协议包的数据报类型为 "0000 1000" (二进 制), 也就是 0x08 (十六进制), 单播数据包的数据报类型为 "0001 0000" (二进制),也就是 0x10 (十六进制),组播数据包的数据报类型为 "0111 1000" (二进制), 也就是 0x78 (十六进制), 通过合并同类项, 可以把 8bit长的地址表映射为 2bit长的地址表, 例如
"1000 0000"=> "00", 下行协议包的地址表, 在本发明实施例中定 义为 0号表;
"0000 1000"=> "01", 上行协议包的地址表, 在本发明实施例中定 义为 1号表;
"0001 0000"=> "10", 单播数据包的地址表, 在本发明实施例中定 义为 2号表;
"0111 1000"=> "11", 组播数据包的地址表, 在本发明实施例中定 义为 3号表;
结合 16bit的接入网地址, 在实际中只需 4张 64K = 4 X 65536 , 也 就是 256Κ的地址表, 地址表的输出就表示数据包导向的端口。 例如, 其中的一种接入交换机 ΒΧ-008 , 它具有 1个上行的百兆网口, 8个下行 百兆网口, 1个 CPU模块接口。 如果 8个下行百兆网口依次定义为 0号 端口到 7号端口, CPU模块接口定义为 8号端口, 1个上行的百兆网口 定义为 9号端口, 则总共需要 256K X lObit的地址表, 例如地址表的输 出为" 00 0000 0001"表示数据包导向的 0号端口, "11 0000 0000"表示数 据包导向的 8号、 9号端口, 以此类推。
假设 9号端口进来一个数据包它的目的地址( DA )是 0x8056 0x1500 0x0000 0x55aa, 那么它的数据包类型为 0x80 , 接入网地址为 0x55aa, 才艮据查表规则这时查 0号表, 即地址为" 00 0101 0101 1010 1010", 此地 址对应的地址表的输出为" 01 0000 0000", 表示数据包导向 8号端口。
3.1接入网设备的通信连接流程:
3.1.1接入网设备执行单播通信服务的通信连接流程示例:
如图 3所示, 叚设一台节点服务器 MSS-400(接入网地址为 0x0000 ), 它的 0号端口接了一台接入交换机 BX-008-0 (接入网地址为 0x0001 ), 它的 1号端口接了一台接入交换机 BX-008-1 (接入网地址为 0x0002 ), BX-008-0的 0号端口接了一台机顶盒 STB-0 (接入网地址为 0x0009 ), BX— 008-1的 1号端口接了一台机顶盒 STB-1 (接入网地址为 0x0012 )。 机顶盒 STB 0向节点服务器 MSS-400发出申请和机顶盒 STB 1进行可 视通信的单播通信服务, 步骤如下:
Sl、 机顶盒 STB— 0发出服务请求协议包, 包的 DA (目的地址)为 0x0800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 (即 MSS-400的地址)、 SA (源地址 )为 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009; 在该包中, 还可以包括 reserved 0x0000 (保留字), PDU部分如下表所示:
Figure imgf000041_0001
服务申请所涉及到的节目号码, 广播频道号全放在服务参数中, 例 如:
#define SERVICE— TYPE GTML— REQUEST 0x8000 申请一张菜单
#define SERVICE— TYPE VOD— REQUEST 0x8001 申请点播节目 #define SERVICE— TYPE CHANGE— MENU 0x8002 申请改变背景 菜单
#define SERVICE— TYPE BROADCAST— REQUEST 0x8003 申请收 看广播
#define SERVICE— TYPE CHANGE— CHANNEL 0x8004 申请频道切 换
#define SERVICE— TYPE TELEPHONE— DIRECT 0x8005 申请拨打 可视电话
#define SERVICE— TYPE PERMISSION 0x8006 是否允许接入的应 答 #define SERVICE— TYPE— RECORD— REQUEST 0x8007 申请录制 #define SERVICE— TYPE— END— REQUEST 0x8008 申请结束当前服 务
#define SERVICE— TYPE— ORG— CAST— REQUEST 0x8009 申请发起 直播
#define SERVICE— TYPE— DDB— REQUEST 0x800b 申请收看延时电 视
#define SERVICE— TYPE— SKIP 0x800c 收看点播或延时电视的过程 中快进 快退 暂停 继续
#define SERVICE— TYPE— RECORD— END 0x800e 申请结束录制
#define SERVICE— TYPE— VIEW— Monitor— DIRECT 0x8024 申请收 看监控
#define SERVICE— TYPE— RCV— CAST— DIRECT 0x8025 申请收看直 播
#define SERVICE— TYPE— TELEPHONE— REQUEST 0申请拨打可视 电话
#define SERVICE— TYPE— RCV— CAST— REQUEST Oxa申请收看直播 #define SERVICE— TYPE— VIEW— Monitor Oxc申请收看监控
在本例中, 月良务参数为 SERVICE— TYPE— TELEPHONE— REQUEST 或 SERVICE— TYPE— TELEPHONE— DIRECT。
S2、 根据连接在机顶盒 STB— 0与节点服务器 MSS-400之间的接入 交换机 BX-008-0 中 1 号表的配置, 该服务请求协议包被导向至节点服 务器 MSS-400, 节点服务器 MSS-400根据包的内容, 判断收到可视通信 的申请(服务类型), 根据服务号码查 CAM表 (内容-地址映射表) 知 道被叫 (目标终端)是 STB— 1 , 根据其内部的地址信息表, 就知道了本 次服务涉及的链路拓朴, 判断出链路允许, 双方可以进行通信。 于是分 别发送菜单协议包给主叫 ( STB— 0 )和被叫 ( STB 1 ), 并等待被叫应答: 其中, 发向 STB— 0的菜单协议包: DA为 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009、 SA为 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000、 reserved 0x0000、 PDU 部分如下表所示:
Figure imgf000043_0001
发向 STB— 1的菜单协议包: DA为 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0012、 SA为 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000、 reserved 0x0000, PDU部分如上 表所示。
S3、 根据节点服务器 MSS-400中 0号表的配置, 以及, 接入交换机 BX-008-0和 BX-008-1中 0号表的配置, 这 2个菜单协议包会分别导向 至 机 顶 盒 STB— 0 和 STB— 1 , 被 叫 STB 1 发 出 申 请 SERVICE— TYPE— PERMISSION 接 STB— 1 受通信, 并向节点服务器 MSS-400发送应答协议包,该包的 DA为 0x0800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000、 SA 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0012、 reserved 0x0000 , 服务参数是 SERVICE TYPE PERMISSION, PDU部分如下表所示: 8e01
字段号 长度 代码 说明
0 1W 8e01 用户申请指令(目标终端 节点服务器)
1 1W 月良务类型 ( service— type )
2-4 3W 用户号码 (源终端的号码)
5 1W 用户分机号 (源终端的分机号)
6-31 26W 服务参数 ( SERVICE— TYPE— PERMISSION )
S4、 根据接入交换机 BX-008-1 中 1号表的配置, 所述应答协议包 导向节点服务器 MSS-400,节点服务器 MSS-400根据包的内容判断收到 接受可视通信的申请, 根据服务号码查 CAM表知道被叫是 STB—1 , 根 据其内部的地址信息表,节点服务器 MSS-400就知道了本次服务涉及的 链路拓朴, 判断出链路允许, 双方可以进行通信。
在这种情况下, 节点服务器 MSS-400配置自己的 2号表如下: •"10 0000 0000 0001 0010" => "000 0000 0010", 即目的地址 ( DA ) 是 0x1000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0012 (即机顶盒 BX-008-1 )的单播数据包导 向 1号端口;
•"10 0000 0000 0000 1001" => "000 0000 0001", 即目的地址 ( DA ) 是 0x1000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009 (即机顶盒 BX-008-0 )的单播数据包导 向 0号端口;
并且,节点服务器 MSS-400给上行链路(主叫通路)和下行链路(被 叫通路)上的所有接入交换机发送端口配置命令。 要求同时开放对方地 址的上行和自身地址的下行。
发向接入交换机 BX-008-0的两个包:
1 ) 第一个包的 DA 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0001、 SA 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000, reserved 0x0000, PDU部分如下表所示: 8b54
字段号 长度 代码 说明
接入交换机端口配置命令
0 1W 8b54
(节点服务器 接入交换机)
1 1W 设备类型 (BX-008 )
需要开放端口的地址: 0x1000 0x0000
2-5 4W
0x0000 0x0012
操作方式: "10 0000 0000", 表示打开上行 9
6 1W
号端口
7-10 4W 0000
11 1W 数据类型 0x10
12 1W 接入交换机地址 (接入网地址) 0x0001
13-15 3W 接入交换机设备标志
16-31 18W 0000
2 )第二个包的 DA为 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0001、 SA为 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000、 reserved 0x0000 , PDU部分如下表所示:
Figure imgf000045_0001
11 1W 数据类型 0x10
12 1W 接入交换机地址 (接入网地址) 0x0001
13-15 3W 接入交换机设备标志
16-31 18W 0000 发向接入交换机 BX-008-1的两个包:
1 )第一个包的 DA为 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0002、 SA为 0x0000 x0000 0x0000 0x0000、 reserved 0x0000 , PDU部分如下表所示:
Figure imgf000046_0002
2 )第二个包的 DA为 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0002、 SA为 0x0000 x0000 0x0000 0x0000、 reserved 0x0000 , PDU部分如下表所示:
Figure imgf000046_0001
字段号 长度 代码 说明
接入交换机端口配置命令
0 1W 8b54
(节点服务器 接入交换机)
1 1W 设备类型 (BX-008 )
需要开放端口的地址: 0x1000 0x0000
2-5 4W
0x0000 0x0012
操作方式: "00 0000 0010", 表示打开 1
6 1W
号端口
7-10 4W 0000
11 1W 数据类型 0x10
12 1W 接入交换机地址(接入网地址) 0x0002
13-15 3W 接入交换机设备标志
16-31 18W 0000 发向机顶盒 STB-0的包 (服务处理命令, 本例中为编解码命令): 包的 DA 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009、 SA 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000x0000、 reserved 0x0000, PDU部分如下表所示:
Figure imgf000047_0001
14 1W 0x3217
15-18 4W 0x1000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0012
19-22 4W 0x1000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009
23 1W Oxffff 维持原状
24 lw 0=关闭响铃
25 1W Oxffff 维持原状
26 1W Oxffff 维持原状
27-31 5w 0 发向 STB-1的包 (服务处理命令, 本例中为编解码命令): 包的 DA为 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0012、 SA 0x0000 0x000000 0x0000、 reserved 0x0000 , PDU部分如下表所示:
Figure imgf000048_0001
原状
26 1W Oxffff 维持原状
27-31 5w 0 上述编解码命令的 PDU中,字段号 13表示编码类型: 0=停止编码, Offff = 维持原状, Oxfffe 将解码的数据返回, 不进行本地编码; 字段 号 14表示解码类型: 0=停止解码, Offff = 维持原状; 字段号 15— 18 表示编码地址 (DA或组播地址): 0xffff=维持原状; 字段号 19-22表示 解码地址 (DA或组播地址): 0xffff=维持原状; 字段号 23表示: HB: 编码 HDA, LB: 解码的 HAD; 0xffff=维持原状; 字段号 24表示响铃参 数: 0=关闭响铃, 1 =开始响铃, 0xffff=维持原状; 字段号 25表示云台 操作参数: 0xffff=维持原状; 字段号 26表示辅助信道操作参数: 0xffff= 维持原状。
其中, 编码类型如下表所示:
Figure imgf000049_0001
S5、 根据节点服务器 MSS-400中 0号表的配置, 以及, 接入交换机 BX-008-0, BX-008-1中 0号表的配置, 前面 4个发给接入交换机的包会 分别导向 BX-008-0、 BX-008- 1。
在这种情况下, 接入交换机 BX-008-0配置自己的 2号表如下: •"10 0000 0000 0001 0010" => "10 0000 0000", 即目的地址 ( DA ) 是 0x1000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0012的单播数据包导向 9号端口;
·'Ί0 0000 0000 0000 1001" => "00 0000 0001", 即目的地址 ( DA ) 是 0x1000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009的单播数据包导向 0号端口; 接入交换机 BX-008-1配置自己的 2号表如下:
•"10 0000 0000 0001 0010" => "00 0000 0010", 即目的地址 ( DA ) 是 0x1000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0012的单播数据包导向 1号端口;
•"10 0000 0000 0000 1001" => "10 0000 0000", 即目的地址 ( DA ) 是 0x1000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009的单播数据包导向 9号端口;
根据节点服务器 MSS-400 中 0 号表的配置, 以及, 接入交换机 BX-008-0, BX-008-1中 0号表的配置,后面 2个发向机顶盒的包会分别 导向至机顶盒 STB-0、 STB-1。 收到包后, 机顶盒 STB-0、 STB-1就可以 根据包的内容开始编解码, 并接收、 发送单播数据。 具体而言, 在配置好当次服务的通信链路后, 所述机顶盒 STB-0、 STB-1基于所述通信链路收发单播数据的过程为:
1 )机顶盒 STB-0向机顶盒 STB-1发送单播数据包, 该包的 DA是 0x1000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0012; SA是 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009;
2 )该单播数据包进入接入交换机 BX-008-0, 接入交换机 BX-008-0 的交换引擎模块根据组合地址域查 2 号表, 表的地址是" 10 0000 0000 0001 0010" , 该表项的输出是" 10 0000 0000" ( "10 0000 0000 0001 0010" => "10 0000 0000", 即目的地址( DA )是 0x1000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0012的单播数据包导向 9号端口), 表示打开上行 9号端口, 当前单 播数据包通过该 9号端口进入了节点服务器 MSS-400;
3 ) 节点服务器 MSS-400收到所述单播数据包后, 其交换引擎根据 组合地址域查 2号表, 表的地址是" 10 0000 0000 0001 0010", 该表项的 输出是 "000 0000 0010" ( "10 0000 0000 0001 0010" => "000 0000 0010", 即目的地址 ( DA )是 0x1000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0012的单播数据包导向 1号端口), 表示打开下行 1号端口, 当前单播数据包通过该 1号端口进 入了接入交换机 BX-008- 1;
4 )接入交换机 BX-008-1收到所述单播数据包后, 其交换引擎模块 根据组合地址域查 2号表, 表的地址是" 10 0000 0000 0001 0010", 该表 项的输出是" 00 0000 0010" ( "10 0000 0000 0001 0010" => "00 0000 0010", 即目的地址( DA )是 0x1000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0012的单播数据 包导向 1 号端口), 表示打开下行 1 号端口, 当前单播数据包通过该 1 号端口进入了机顶盒 STB-1 ;
5 )机顶盒 STB- 1向机顶盒 STB-0发送单播数据包, 该包的 DA是
0x1000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009; SA是 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0012;
6 )该单播数据包进入接入交换机 BX-008-1 , 接入交换机 BX-008-1 的交换引擎模块根据组合地址域查 2 号表, 表的地址是" 10 0000 0000 0000 1001" , 该表项的输出是" 10 0000 0000" ( "10 0000 0000 0000 1001" => "10 0000 0000", 即目的地址 ( DA )是 0x1000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009的单播数据包导向 9号端口), 表示打开上行 9号端口, 当前单 播数据包通过该 9号端口进入了节点服务器 MSS-400;
7 ) 节点服务器 MSS-400收到所述单播数据包后, 其交换引擎根据 组合地址域查 2号表, 表的地址是" 10 0000 0000 0000 1001", 该表项的 输出是" 000 0000 0001" ( "10 0000 0000 0000 1001" => "000 0000 0001", 即目的地址 ( DA )是 0x1000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009的单播数据包导向 0号端口), 表示打开下行 0号端口, 当前单播数据包通过该 0号端口进 入了接入交换机 BX-008-0;
8 )接入交换机 BX-008-0收到所述单播数据包后, 其交换引擎模块 根据组合地址域查 2号表, 表的地址是" 10 0000 0000 0000 1001", 该表 项的输出是" 00 0000 0001" ( "10 0000 0000 0000 1001" => "00 0000 0001", 即目的地址( DA )是 0x1000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009的单播数据 包导向 0号端口), 表示打开下行 0号端口, 当前单播数据包通过该 0 号端口进入了机顶盒 STB-0。 应用上述过程进行单播服务通信的一种简单示例如下:
假设 STB-0向 MSS-400服务器申请打可视电话给 STB-1 ,在 STB-0 发向 MSS-400 的服务申请包中含有所申请服务的类型 (本例是可视电 话, 所以含有对方的号码, 例如 8888 8888 8888 );
MSS-400 服务器收到服务申请包后, 检查服务类型知道是可视电 话, 就跳入可视电话服务流程, 根据对方的号码 ( 8888 8888 8888 ), MSS-400服务器通过 CAM查找可以得到 STB-1的接入网地址 (因为在 STB-1入网时, MSS-400服务器会更新 CAM的内容, 把地址为 0x0012 更新为 8888 8888 8888 ), 根据 STB-0 、 STB-1的接入网地址, 查地址 信息表可以知道他们的拓朴信息, 由 0x0009知道 STB-0连着 BX-008-0 的 0号端口, 而且上下行流量为 0 , 而链路流量为 100Mbit/s, BX-008-0 的接入网地址是 0x0001 , 查地址信息表知 BX-008-0连着 MSS-400的 0 号端口,而且上下行流量为 0,而链路流量为 100Mbit/s,同理可知 STB-1 的链路的流量信息, 而申请的可视电话的上下行带宽是 2Mbit/s, 满足要 求, 再检查其他信息如果满足, 服务器将被叫机顶盒和主叫机顶盒之间 的所有交换机的针对这 2路单播数据的通路打开(包括对 BX-008-0的 0 号端口、 BX-008-1的 1号端口的地址匹配及精确流量控制), 修改查地 址信息表的链路的流量信息, 服务器发送编解码命令给双方机顶盒。
3.1.2接入网设备执行组播通信服务的通信连接流程示例:
如图 3所示, 叚设一台节点服务器 MSS-400(接入网地址为 0x0000 ), 它的 0号端口接了一台接入交换机 BX-008-0 (接入网地址为 0x0001 ), 它的 1号端口接了一台接入交换机 BX-008-1 (接入网地址为 0x0002 ), BX-008-0的 0号端口接了一台机顶盒 STB-0 (接入网地址为 0x0009 ), STB 0的号码是 0x6666 0x6666 0x6666 , BX— 008-1的 1号端口接了一 台机顶盒 STB-K接入网地址为 0x0012 ), STB—1的号码是 0x8888 0x8888 0x8888。 机顶盒 STB—0向节点服务器 MSS-400申请发起直播, 步骤如 下:
Sl、 机顶盒 STB— 0发出发起直播的服务请求协议包, 包的 DA是 0x0800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000、 SA是 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009、 reserved 0x0000 (保留字), PDU部分如下表所示: 8e01
字段号 长度 代码 说明
0 1W 8e01 终端申请指令(终端 节点服务器)
1 1W 月良务类型 ( service— type )
2-4 3W 终端号码 (申请者的号码) 0000
5 1W 终端分机号 (申请者的分机号) 0000
#define
6-31 26W SERVICE— TYPE— ORG— CAST— REQUEST
0x8009 申请发起直播
S2、 根据连接在机顶盒 STB— 0与节点服务器 MSS-400之间的接入 交换机 BX-008-0 中 1 号表的配置, 该服务请求协议包被导向节点服务 器 MSS-400, 节点服务器 MSS-400根据包的内容, 判断收到发起直播的 申请 (服务类型), 根据服务号码查 CAM表 (内容-地址映射表)知道 用户 (源终端)是 STB— 0, 根据其内部的地址信息表, 就知道了本次服 务涉及的链路拓朴, 判断出链路允许, 可以进行发起直播, 于是分配组 播地址为 0x0008。 并且, 节点服务器给当前通信链路上的所有接入交换 机发送端口配置命令, 要求同时开放对方地址的上行和自身地址的下 行。此时,通过链路拓朴判断,获知当前只需配置接入交换机 BX-008-O o 在这种情况下,节点服务器 MS S-400向接入交换机 BX-008-0发包: 包的 DA为 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0001、 SA为 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000、 reserved 0x0000 (保留字), PDU部分如下表所示:
Figure imgf000053_0001
(节点服务器- >接入交换机)
1 1W 设备类型 (BX-008 )
2-5 4W 0x7800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0008
6 1W "00 0000 0001"表示打开 0号端口
7-10 4W 0000
11 1W 数据类型 0x78
12 1W 接入交换机地址 (接入网地址) 0x0001
13-15 3W 接入交换机设备标志
16-31 18W 0000 节点服务器 MSS-400向机顶盒 STB-0发包 (服务处理命令, 本例 为编解码命令):
包的 DA为 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009, SA为 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000、 reserved 0x0000 , PDU部分如下表所示:
Figure imgf000054_0001
19-22 4W 0x7800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0008
23 1W Oxffff 维持原状
24 lw 0=关闭响铃
25 1W Oxffff 维持原状
26 1W Oxffff 维持原状
27-31 5w 0
53、 根据节点服务器 MSS-400 中 0号表的配置, 发向接入交换机 BX-008-0的包会导向至 BX-008-0。 在这种情况下, BX-008-0配置自己 的 3号表如下:
·'Ί 1 0000 0000 0000 1000" => "00 0000 0001", 即目的地址 ( DA ) 是 0x7800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0008的组播数据包导向 0号端口;
54、 根据节点服务器 MSS-400中 0号表的配置, 以及, 接入交换机 BX-008-0中 0号表的配置, 发向机顶盒 STB-0的包会导向至 STB-0。
STB-0根据包的内容开始编解码, 并开始接收、 发送组播数据。 具体而言, 所述机顶盒 STB-0基于当前的直播发起通信链路收发组 播数据的过程为:
1 )机顶盒 STB-0发出组播数据包, 该包的 DA是 0x7800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0008 (组播地址); SA是 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009;
2 )所述组播数据包进入接入交换机 BX-008-0,接入交换机 BX-008-0 的交换引擎模块根据组合地址域查 3 号表, 表的地址是" 11 0000 0000 0000 1000" , 该表项的输出是" 00 0000 0001" ( "11 0000 0000 0000 1000" => "00 0000 0001", 即目的地址 ( DA )是 0x7800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0008的组播数据包导向 0号端口), 表示打开下行 0号端口, 当前组 播数据包通过该 0号端口进入了机顶盒 STB-0。 机顶盒 STB— 1向节点服务器 MSS-400申请收看直播,号码是 0x6666 0x6666 0x6666 , 步骤如下:
Sl、 机顶盒 STB— 1发出收看直播的服务请求协议包, 包的 DA是 0x0800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000、 SA是 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0012、 reserved 0x0000 , PDU部分如下表所示:
Figure imgf000056_0001
S2、 根据连接在机顶盒 STB— 1与节点服务器 MSS-400之间的接入 交换机 BX-008-1 中 1 号表的配置, 该服务请求协议包被导向节点服务 器 MSS-400, 节点服务器 MSS-400根据包的内容, 判断收到收看直播的 申请, 根据服务号码查 CAM表知道发起者 (源终端)是 STB— 0, 根据 其内部的地址信息表, 就知道了本次服务涉及的链路拓朴, 判断出链路 允许, 可以进行收看直播, 于是分配组播地址 (对应分配给源终端的组 播地址)是 0x0008。 并且, 节点服务器给当前通信链路上的所有接入交 换机发送端口配置命令, 要求同时开放对方地址的上行和自身地址的下 行。 在这种情况下, 节点服务器 MSS-400配置自己的 3号表如下:
•"11 0000 0000 0000 1000" => "000 0000 0010", 即目的地址 ( DA ) 是 0x7800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0008的组播数据包导向 1号端口; 同时, 节点服务器 MSS-400向接入交换机 BX-008-0发包: 包的 DA为 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0001、 SA为 0x0000 0x0000x0000 0x0000、 reserved 0x0000 , PDU部分如下表所示:
Figure imgf000057_0001
同时, 节点服务器 MSS-400向接入交换机 BX-008-1发包: 包的 DA为 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0002、 SA为 0x0000 0x0000x0000 0x0000、 reserved 0x0000 , PDU部分如下表所示:
Figure imgf000057_0002
6 1W "00 0000 0010"表示 1号端口
7-10 4W 0000
11 1W 数据类型 0x78
12 1W 接入交换机地址 (接入网地址) 0x0002
13-15 3W 接入交换机设备标志
16-31 18W 0000 同时, 节点服务器 MSS-400向机顶盒 STB-1发包:
包的 DA为 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0012、 SA为 0x0000 0x0000 0 0x0000、 reserved 0x0000 , PDU部分如下表所示:
Figure imgf000058_0001
原状
26 1W Oxffff 维持原状
27-31 5w 0
S3、 根据节点服务器 MSS-400 中 0号表的配置, 发向接入交换机 BX-008-0, BX-008-1会分别导向至接入交换机 BX-008-0和 ΒΧ-008-1。
在这种情况下, 接入交换机 BX-008-0配置自己的 3号表如下: ·'Ί 1 0000 0000 0000 1000" => "10 0000 0001", 即目的地址 (DA ) 是 0x7800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0008的组播数据包导向 0号、 9号端口; 接入交换机 BX-008-1配置自己的 3号表如下:
•"11 0000 0000 0000 1000" => "00 0000 0010", 即目的地址 ( DA ) 是 0x7800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0008的组播数据包导向 1号端口;
S4、 根据节点服务器 MSS-400中 0号表的配置, 以及, 接入交换机
BX-008-1 中 0号表的配置, 发向机顶盒 STB-1 的包会导向至 STB-1。 STB-1根据包的内容接收组播数据、 解码。 具体而言, 所述机顶盒 STB-1基于当前的收看直播的通信链路接收 组播数据的过程为:
1 )机顶盒 STB-0发出组播数据包, 该包的 DA是 0x7800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0008 (组播地址); SA是 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009;
2 )所述组播数据包进入接入交换机 BX-008-0,接入交换机 BX-008-0 的交换引擎模块根据组合地址域查 3 号表, 表的地址是" 11 0000 0000 0000 1000" , 该表项的输出是" 10 0000 0001" ( "11 0000 0000 0000 1000" => "10 0000 0001", 即目的地址 ( DA )是 0x7800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0008的组播数据包导向 0号、 9号端口); 表示打开下行 0号端口和 上行 9号端口, 当前组播数据包通过该 0号端口进入了机顶盒 STB-0; 通过该 9号端口进入了节点服务器 MSS-400;
3 ) 节点服务器 MSS-400收到该组播数据包后, 其交换引擎模块根 据组合地址域查 3号表, 表的地址是" 11 0000 0000 0000 1000", 该表项 的输出是" 000 0000 0010" ( "11 0000 0000 0000 1000" => "000 0000 0010", 即目的地址( DA )是 0x7800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0008的组播数据 包导向 1 号端口), 表示打开下行 1 号端口, 当前组播数据包通过该 1 号端口进入了接入交换机 BX-008-1 ;
4 )接入交换机 BX-008-1收到该组播数据包后, 其交换引擎模块根 据组合地址域查 3号表, 表的地址是" 11 0000 0000 0000 1000", 该表项 的输出是" 00 0000 0010" ( "11 0000 0000 0000 1000" => "00 0000 0010", 即目的地址 ( DA )是 0x7800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0008的组播数据包导向 1号端口), 表示打开下行 1号端口, 当前组播数据包通过该 1号端口进 入了机顶盒 STB-1。
当然, 上述的单播服务通信过程和组播服务通信过程仅仅用作示 例。 在实际中, 应用本发明实施例执行任一种单播服务通信或组播服务 通信均是可行的。 为使本领域技术人员更好地理解本发明, 以下提供几种应用本发明 实施例进行服务通信的示例:
3.1.3 接入网的服务流程示例:
3.1.3.1 广播交互流程:
广播流程中的涉及终端设备有 2种: 编码板 (广播源), 机顶盒 (收 看广播的一方)。
当编码板通过网管流程入网之后, 节点服务器会发送命令让编码板 开始编码。 每个编码板编一路广播数据。
开始收看:
进入广播流程后, 首先是机顶盒发出申请命令, 节点服务器收到机 顶盒的申请命令后就知道机顶盒要看广播, 并且知道了机顶盒要看哪一 路广播。 这时候节点服务器找到编码板和机顶盒之间的路径。 向路径上 的所有交换机发命令, 将编码板和机顶盒之间的的所有交换机的针对这 路广播数据的通路打开, 同时发送解码命令给机顶盒。 机顶盒就可以收 看到广播了。
停止收看:
机顶盒发出停止命令, 节点服务器收到机顶盒的停止命令后找到编 码板和机顶盒之间的路径, 将编码板和机顶盒之间的的所有交换机的针 对这路广播数据的通路有针对性的关闭 (有可能路径上的交换机还有其 他机顶盒在收看本广播, 所以不能直接全部关闭), 同时发送停止解码 的命令给机顶盒, 发送上一页菜单, 让机顶盒返回到菜单。
注意: 机顶盒收到的广播数据和编码板发出的广播数据是一模一样 的。
3.1.3.2 点播交互流程
点播流程中的涉及终端设备有 2种: 存储器(节目源), 机顶盒(收 看点播的一方)。
开始收看:
进入点播流程, 首先是机顶盒发出申请命令, 命令中给出点播的节 目号。 节点服务器收到机顶盒的申请命令后就知道机顶盒要看点播, 并 且知道了机顶盒要看哪一个节目。 在节点服务器的内部信息表中可以查 出本节目是放在哪个存储器上面的
因为机顶盒入网之后,地址就固定了,收看点播的数据是单播数据, 数据地址就是机顶盒的地址。
节点服务器发送读盘命令给存储器(命令中有节目号和单播数据地 址), 命令存储器发送单播数据。 存储器查到本存储器上确实有该节目, 就开始发送节目, 同时发读盘命令应答给节点服务器, 表示存储器已经 开始发送节目了。
节点服务器收到存储器的应答后, 要找到存储器和机顶盒之间的路 径, 将存储器和机顶盒之间的的所有交换机的针对这路单播数据的通路 打开, 同时发送解码命令给机顶盒。 机顶盒就可以收看到点播了。 停止收看:
机顶盒发出停止命令, 节点服务器收到机顶盒的停止命令后发送停 止读盘命令给存储器,命令存储器停止发送单播数据。存储器停止发送, 同时发停止读盘命令应答给节点服务器, 表示存储器已经停止发送节目 了。
节点服务器收到后找到存储器和机顶盒之间的路径, 将存储器和机 顶盒之间的的所有交换机的针对这路单播数据的通路关闭, 同时发送停 止解码的命令给机顶盒, 发送上一页菜单, 让机顶盒返回到菜单。
3.1.3.3可视通信交互流程
开始可视通信:
主叫机顶盒发出申请命令, 命令中有被叫机顶盒的号码。
节点服务器收到机顶盒的申请命令后先去查询被叫机顶盒是否入 网, 未入网则告知主叫机顶盒申请失败。
若是被叫机顶盒已入网则查询被叫机顶盒是否空闲, 若是不空闲告 知主叫机顶盒申请失败。
若是被叫机顶盒已入网并且处于空闲状态, 节点服务器发送呼叫菜 单给被叫机顶盒, 等待被叫机顶盒应答。 被叫机顶盒可以选择接受或者 拒接, 应答发送给节点服务器。
节点服务器收到被叫机顶盒的应答。 如果是拒接, 告知主叫机顶盒 申请失败。
如果是接受, 节点服务器发送编解码命令给双方机顶盒。 可视通信 要求, 双方机顶盒要同时编解码。 数据是单播数据, 编码地址是对方地 址, 解码地址是自己的地址
节点服务器将被叫机顶盒和主叫机顶盒之间的的所有交换机的针 对这 2路单播数据的通路打开。
停止可视通信
被叫机顶盒和主叫机顶盒都可以提出停止申请。 节点服务器收到机 顶盒的停止命令后将被叫机顶盒和主叫机顶盒之间的的所有交换机的 针对这 2路单播数据的通路关闭。 然后给被叫机顶盒和主叫机顶盒分别 发送停止编解码的命令, 发送上一页菜单, 让机顶盒返回到菜单。
3.1.3.4现场直播交互流程
发起直播
直播的数据也是一路广播数据
机顶盒发出申请命令, 节点服务器收到申请后自动分配一路广播数 据, 向机顶盒发编解码命令, 同时命令本机顶盒的上层交换机打开这路 广播数据的通路。 机顶盒就可以收看到自己发起的广播了。 发起方同时 也是收看方。
收看直播
收看机顶盒发出申请命令, 命令中包含发起直播方的号码。 节点服 务器收到申请后先查询发起直播方是否已入网, 是否已发起直播。 条件 不满足, 告知收看机顶盒收看失败。
如果条件满足, 节点服务器要找到发起直播方和收看机顶盒之间的 路径, 将发起直播方和收看机顶盒之间的的所有交换机的针对这路广播 数据的通路打开, 同时发送解码命令给收看机顶盒。 机顶盒就可以收看 到直播了。
停止收看直播
收看机顶盒发出停止命令, 节点服务器收到收看机顶盒的停止命令 后找到发起直播方和收看机顶盒之间的路径, 将发起直播方和收看机顶 盒之间的的所有交换机的针对这路广播数据的通路有针对性的关闭 (有 可能路径上的交换机还有其他机顶盒在收看本直播, 所以不能直接全部 关闭), 同时发送停止解码的命令给收看机顶盒, 发送上一页菜单, 让 收看机顶盒返回到菜单
停止发起直播
发起直播方发出停止命令。 节点服务器收到后先查询有多少用户在 收看本直播, 将所有的收看直播的用户按照停止收看的流程结束后, 向 发起直播方发停止编解码命令, 同时命令本机顶盒的上层交换机关闭这 路广播数据的通路。
3.1.3.5 除上述示例外, 本发明实施例还可以实现以下服务通信应 用:
一、 可控广播:
1 ) 广播和限量广播: (组播业务)
节点服务器, 维护广播操作表。
广播源: 实时模拟编码器、 实时数字转换器、 储存节目。
节点服务器, 限量广播观众计数器, 超过设定值后拒绝新增观众。 节点服务器, 限量广播用户群审核。
用户终端进入收看后, 根据 HLP键显示 OSD菜单, 可将广播内容 存入个人邮箱。
可控广播: 可有选择地只向一部分用户提供服务(如收费台)。 可控广播: 可随时统计收视率 (甚至观众分类收视率)。
限量广播: 能将上千个广播频道, 根据不同限量值, 设置很宽的价 格范围, 大量租给商业客户 (广告、 教育等)。
2 ) 投票反馈(可按次计费):
媒体中心 MPC, 编辑及记录 OSD内容。
节点服务器, 定期发送与广播远源相同地址 (DA ) 的 OSD内容。 用户机顶盒, 根据 HLP键显示 OSD内容, 转发遥控器反馈值。 用户代理服务器, 接收用户反馈, 用户信息表记录 (组播 DA、 节 目时间码、 评分和票数)。
用户代理服务器, 每秒搜索用户信息表, 将用户投票结果发送到节 点服务器。
观众反馈信息: 总参评人次、 每个目标点的分别投票数和观众评级 ( YES/NO或 5分制)。广播频道的投票反馈:可用于指定问卷民意调查、 未来明星海选等。 二、 VOD, MOD: (单播业务)
3 ) VOD过程操作:
节点服务器, 编辑及记录点播确认内容, 包括(节目信息、 价格信 息、 观众反馈信息)。
节点服务器, 收到用户申请后, 发送点播确认菜单和 OSD内容。 用户机顶盒, 根据 HLP键显示 OSD内容(节目播放位置、 评级提 示), 转发遥控器反馈值。
用户代理服务器, 记录用户信息表, 点播结束后时, 将用户评级结 果发送到节点服务器。
用户机顶盒, 播放操作 (暂停 /播放、 连续快 /退、 15分钟进 /退) 观众反馈信息: 总点击数、 观众评级(5分制)。
VOD服务: 内容可以是大众媒体、 或者小众媒体(TV部落格、 专 业教育和产品操作维护等)。
4 ) 卡拉 OK:
与 VOD相同, 音频采用独立双声道。
5 ) 电视杂志 (MOD ):
节点服务器, 在 VOD基础上, 增加有声文字点播和有声图片点播。 节点服务器, 将多个媒体内容按序排列或挑选。
6 ) 互动多媒体网站:
用户代理器, 在电视杂志的基础上配备面向公众的邮箱, 接受读者 图、 文、 音反馈。
互动多媒体网站: 可以作为企业和政府面向公众的窗口 (电子政 务)。 三、 TVOD (可控广播 +VOD ): (组播 +单播业务)
7 ) 集中监控: 媒体中心或用户代理服务器 MPC, 编辑及维护监控操作表, 可选择 定时开关录像。
用户终端进入收看后, 根据 HLP键显示 OSD菜单, 可将监控内容 存入个人邮箱。
集中监控: 适合大规模远程监控, 可通过用户群分隔, 向许多公司 同时提供保安服务。
8 ) 电视回放(网络 TiVo ):
用户代理服务储存器, 可储存数十频道, 3-7天全部内容。
用户终端进入收看后, 根据 HLP键显示 OSD菜单, 可将节目内容 存入个人邮箱。
电视回放: 用户采用 VOD方式看电视, 随时选看从 7天前至当前 的任何节目内容。
9 ) 节目精选:
媒体中心 MPC, 编辑及维护广播节目精选表, 定时分类节目 自动录 像。
用户代理服务储存器, 可储存数十个精彩栏目, 60天全部内容。 用户终端进入收看后, 根据 HLP键显示 OSD菜单, 可将节目内容 存入个人邮箱。
节目精选: 自动将电视台节目分类储存, 编辑成菜单形式, 方便消 费者观看。 四、 现场直播: (组播业务)
1 ) 简单直播:
用户代理服务器, 与限量广播相同。
用户代理服务器, 在直播终端控制下, 直播内容可录像。
现场直播: 观众可达全网, 广播源设在用户现场。
2 ) 视频聊天, 网上教室, 市民热线:
参与方终端进入聊天室后, 根据 HLP键显示 OSD内容, 可申请视 频上传, 向主持送花。
主持方用户代理服务器, 记录用户申请, 并向直播终端发送 OSD 提示。
直播方终端, 可能显示多条视频上传申请 OSD, 遥控器选择一路上 传, 并自动关闭上一路。
用户代理服务器, 在关闭视频上传时, 向计费流水帐发送特别计费 包。
用户代理服务器, 记录该用户送花值, 通知直播方, 并向计费流水 帐发送特别计费包。
用户进入聊天室, 送花, 参与音频, 开通视频对话所付费用, 自动 安比例存入个人邮箱。
视频聊天: 主持人在家 (现场)播出影像可达全网, 主持人可看到 观众申请, 听到许多观众声音, 但只能选择地看到 1路观众影像。
观众通过节目表得知聊天室拨号加入, 可向主持人鲜花 (额外收 费 ), 可申请通话或视频。
3 ) 购物频道:
直播终端或相连的 MPC, 维护购物信息 (商品和客户)。
用户终端进入购物频道后, 根据 HLP键显示 OSD订单 (商品、 规 格、 数量、 价格)。
用户终端通过遥控器填写并提交订单。
用户代理服务器, 收看订单后转发至直播方终端或相连的 MPC。 直播方终端或 MPC, 审核订单, 并向用户发回确认的订单。
用户终端再次显示订单, 并通过遥控器确认。
用户代理服务器, 向直播方发送用户确认, 并向计费流水帐发送特 别计费包。
用户终端进入收看后, 根据 HLP键显示 OSD菜单, 可将购物内容 存入个人邮箱。
MPC为装载特殊软件的 PC机, 增强 TV机顶盒的操作性能。 4 ) 拍卖频道:
直播终端或 MPC, 维护拍卖信息 (商品和客户)。
用户终端进入拍卖频道后, 根据 HLP键显示 OSD介绍 (商品、 规 格、 最高价格)。
用户终端通过遥控器填写并提交出价。
用户代理服务器, 收到出价后转发至直播方终端或 MPC。
直播方终端或相连的 MPC, 审核用户出价, 并向用户发回确认后的 出价。
用户终端再次显示出价, 并通过遥控器确认。
用户代理服务器, 向直播方发送用户确认, 并向计费流水帐发送特 别计费包。
用户终端进入收看后, 根据 HLP键显示 OSD菜单, 可将拍卖内容 存入个人邮箱。
MPC为装载特殊软件的 PC机, 直接与终端连接, 增强 TV机顶盒 的操作性能。
5 ) 视频呼叫中心:
直播方终端或相连的 MPC, 将多路视频聊天捆绑到一个号码(或名 称), 共享资源。
视频呼叫中心:可与购物频道或拍卖频道直接链接,提供后续服务。 五、 会议 (多路现场直播捆绑): (组播业务)
会议发起方终端或相连的 MPC, 编辑和维护会议操作表, 实现多路 进程捆绑。
1 ) 大会发言:
发起方终端直接控制指定参与方的终端, 并关闭参与方的遥控操 作, 强制被动参会。
强制实现发起方发言, 参与收看。
发起方终端可在参与方不知情的前提下, 收看任一参与方, 或者指 定其发言。
大会发言: 适合上级领导报告, 工程事件指挥, 企业总部与远程分 支间的例行调度会议。
2 ) 课堂教学:
任意参与方终端, 可向发起方终端提出发言申请, 获得发起方批准 后, 即可发言。
课堂教学: 实现会议聊天室, 与直播聊天室的差别是直播观众永远 看支持人, 会议聊天观众看发言方, 或者通过多屏终端同时看支持人和 发言方。
3 ) 圓桌讨论:
任意参与方终端,按单个 ENTER键, 即可打断别人而争抢发言(至 少 10秒不被打断)。
圓桌讨论: 实现会议聊天室, 与直播聊天室的差别是直播观众永远 看支持人, 会议聊天观众看发言方, 或者通过多屏终端同时看支持人和 发言方。
4 ) 多屏会议:
用户代理服务器, 可插入 VOD。
必须使用 PBOX终端, 可同时显示发起方 (主席)、 发言方、 本地 会场、 VOD或 PC屏幕。
可选择大会发言, 课堂教学, 圓桌讨论等会议模式。
5 ) 电视墙:
可同时显示发起方 (主席)、 发言方、 多分路会场、 VOD或 PC屏 眷。
可选择大会发言, 课堂教学, 圓桌讨论等会议模式。 六、 电视电话: (单播业务)
6 ) 普通可视电话:
用户代理服务器, 维护电话号码簿, 支持普通拨号和强制拨号。 用户终端进入通话后, 根据 HLP键显示 OSD菜单, 可将通信内容 存入邮箱, 可选择或调整对方摄像头角度。
7 ) 被叫方付费可视电话 (Video 800 ):
此类号码以 800开头, 用户免费, 其他与普通可视电话相同。 被叫方付费可视电话: 适用于广告、 客户服务、 公益服务等。
8 ) 视讯服务电话 (Video 900 ):
此类号码以 900开头, 主叫方为普通用户终端, 服务费中除了通信 费外, 还包含较高的内容费 (按秒计), 其他与普通可视电话相同。
被叫方为内容提供商 (内容包括实时通讯、 VOD、 电视杂志)。
9 ) 家庭监控:
用户代理服务器, 单向通信, 只要视频发送资源不冲突, 可与其他 服务同时进行。
用户终端拨号进入监控后, 根据 HLP键显示 OSD菜单, 可将监控 内容存入邮箱, 可选择多路摄像头或调整对方摄像头角度。
被监控终端, 可设定监控权限(指定一组可监控号码, 开放所有号 码, 或禁止所有号码)。
家庭监控: 适用于家庭、 小商店、 银行分理所等。 七、 电视邮件, 电视部落格: (单播业务)
10 ) 个人网络储存:
用户代理服务器, 维护用户邮箱表。
用户终端内容上传, 包括视、 音、 图、 文, 以草稿形式保存在邮箱 内, 可随时调看。
上传内容可从 USB端口输入(直接连 PC、 优盘、 移动硬盘等)。
11 ) 普通可视邮件:
用户终端指定邮箱中的内容, 输入发送对象的号码, 申请发送。
用户代理服务器, 向发送对象的终端发出新到邮件通知, 但实 际上不转发邮件内容。 接受方终端收看时才执行 VOD操作。 接受方终端若要长期保存邮件内容, 根据 HLP键显示 OSD菜单, 可将内容存入邮箱。
12 ) 短信和语音留言:
与视频邮件同样处理, 内容可存入专用 VDOS-SD储存设备。
13 ) 电视部落格:
节点服务器, 根据内容分类, 维护公共大邮箱。
用户终端将邮件上传至媒体中心的公共大邮箱 (包括自定价格)。 媒体中心 MPC, 观看并审核上传邮件, 转换成 VOD内容, 登记存 入对应分类部落格。
节点服务器, 维护观众反馈信息, 维护点播帐单。
接受方终端若要长期保存部落格内容,根据 HLP键显示 OSD菜单, 可将内容存入邮箱。
电视部落格: 内容收费中的一部分可自动转入内容上传方的帐户 (百货商场模式)。 八、 电脑网络:
14 ) 因特网宽带上网:
由于以太网网关的存在, 使得在用户家里使用普通的以太网交换机 就可以接入新型网, 这样在用户家里就实现了互联网和新型网的融合, 实现 IP数据连接公共因特网。
因特网宽带上网: 适合分散社区消费者。
15 ) 多媒体电脑局域网:
由于以太网网关的存在, 使得在企业使用普通的以太网交换机就可 以接入新型网, 这样在企业就实现了互联网和新型网的融合。
多媒体电脑局域网: 适合学校、 企业和政府办公室。 九、 语音电话: (组播 +单播业务)
新型网电话: 直接使用未经压缩 PCM ( G.711 ), 具备 PSTN 低延迟(透传 FAX和 Modem ), 功能超越 PSTN, 成本低于 IP电话, 只 需占用百分之一的新型网带宽资源, 即可满足所有用户的电话服务。
16 ) 新型网电话:
新型网电话网内电话: 直拨新型网电话号码。
新型网向 PSTN网拨号: 99+PSTN电话号码。
PSTN网向新型网拨号: 077+MP号码, ( 077或其他号码必须获得 电信公司配合)。
用户进入通话后, 连续拨 "***", 双方通话内容自动存入邮箱。
17 ) 录音电话:
用户可选择: 来电未接, 自动播放邮箱中的录音, 然后在邮箱中记 录来电内容。
可选包月收费。
18 ) 语音电话会议:
节点服务器, 配备专用多路语音合成设备, 音色清晰, 延迟低。 会议发起方预约会议时间、 人数、 对应号码、 外网 PSTN密码, 并 可选择全程录音。
节点服务器, 向指定用户发送短信通知 (包括会议号码)。
用户在指定时间, 拨指定号码, 加入电话会议。
节点服务器, 自动审核时间、 会议号码及用户号码, 并可自动向参 会方呼叫。
19 ) 语音自动服务中心:
与多媒体网站功能类似, 只限于语音, 此功能一般企业用 1 台 PC 即可实现, 在新型网网上每家每户都可自动设立, 不需要任何硬件, 只 收少量月费。
语音自动服务中心: 适用于天气、 股票、 交通、 公共服务、 客户服 务等。
20 ) 语音呼叫中心:
发起方终端或相连的 MPC, 将多路电话天捆绑到一个号码 (或名 称), 共享资源。
发起方可选择全程录音。
21 ) 有线音乐广播台:
类似电视广播, 内容限于音乐。 在本发明实施例中, 所述 0号表、 1号表均是在入网过程中进行配 置的。 为使本领域技术人员更好地理解本发明, 以下描述接入网设备的 入网过程。
3.1.4 接入网设备的入网流程
3.1.4.1接入交换机的入网过程:
首先每台允许入网的接入交换机都必须在节点服务器里注册, 没有 注册的接入交换机无法入网。 如图 4所示, 所述接入交换机入网的过程 涉及以下步骤:
1、 节点服务器向每个端口发送查询包, 接入交换机收到查询包后 发送应答包, 应答包中包含当前接入交换机的注册信息;
2、 节点服务器收到接入交换机发出的应答后, 就知道哪个端口下 接了一台接入交换机, 然后在节点服务器内部的注册信息表里找到该接 入交换机信息, 向该接入交换机发送入网命令 (告知接入网地址), 该 接入交换机收到入网命令后就入网了, 同时向节点服务器发送入网命令 应答;
3、 节点服务器收到接入交换机发出的入网命令应答就知道该接入 交换机已经入网了, 以后定时向这个端口发送状态查询包, 检查这台接 入交换机是否正常工作, 同时还要向该接入交换机的下行端口发送端口 查询包, 检查是否有其他接入网设备接在该接入交换机下面。 如果当前 接入交换机正常工作, 收到状态查询包后会发送状态查询应答给节点服 务器。 当节点服务器一段时间之内没有收到状态查询应答, 就认为该接 入交换机已经被移出网络, 不再发送状态查询包, 而继续向本端口发送 查询包。 3.1.4.2节点服务器与接入交换机在入网过程中的交互示例: 为了简单起见, 假设节点服务器并未和节点交换机相连, 忽略城域 网的入网过程, 为了方便讨论, 假设此节点服务器有 8个下行百兆网口 依次定义为 0号端口到 7号端口, 1个 CPU模块接口定义为 8号端口, 1个磁盘阵列接口定义为 9号端口,1个上行千兆光口定义为 10号端口, 此节点服务器型号为 MSS-400。 如图 5所示, MSS-400的 0号端口接了 1台 BX-008-0, BX-008-0的 1号端口接了 1台 BX-008-K
51、 MSS-400服务器上电后初始化硬件, 获得默认城域网地址(假 设为 0x00 0x0000 0x0000 ), 从硬盘导入配置文件到 CPU内存 (例如交 换机的注册信息、 终端的注册信息等等), MSS-400 服务器配置自己的 接入网地址为 0x0000;
52、 MSS-400服务器初始化 0、 1、 2、 3号表:
•配置 0号表为 "000 0000 0000 " , 即所有查询包传送关闭; ·配置 1号表为 "001 0000 0000", 即所有的应答包导向 CPU;
•配置 2号、 3号表为 "000 0000 0000 " , 即所有单组播数据包传 送关闭;
53、 MSS-400服务器知道自己有 8个下行端口, 所以它配置 8个 0 号表的表项分别为:
· "00 0000 0000 0000 0001 " => "000 0000 0001",即目的地址( DA ) 是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0001的查询包导向 0号端口;
• "00 0000 0000 0000 0010 " => "000 0000 0010",即目的地址( DA ) 是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0002的查询包导向 1号端口;
• "00 0000 0000 0000 0011 " => "000 0000 0100", 即目的地址 ( DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0003的查询包导向 2号端口;
• "00 0000 0000 0000 0100 " => "000 0000 1000", 即目的地址 ( DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0004的查询包导向 3号端口;
• "00 0000 0000 0000 0101 " => "000 0001 0000", 即目的地址 ( OA ) 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0005的查询包导向 4号端口;
• "00 0000 0000 0000 01 10 " => "000 0010 0000" , 即目的地址 ( DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0006的查询包导向 5号端口;
• "00 0000 0000 0000 01 1 1 " => "000 0100 0000" , 即目的地址 ( DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0007的查询包导向 6号端口;
• "00 0000 0000 0000 1000 " => "000 1000 0000" , 即目的地址 ( DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0008的查询包导向 7号端口;
54、 MSS-400服务器发目的地址 (DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0001、 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0002、 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0003、 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0004 , 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0005 , 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0006、 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0007、 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0008的查询包 ( SA都为 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 ), 根 据 0号表的配置, 所述查询包会依次导向 0到 7号端口;
55、 BX-008-0、 BX-008- 1交换机上电后初始化硬件,
·配置 0号表" 00 xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx" 为 "01 0000 0000" , 即所 有查询包导向 CPU;
•配置 1号表,,01 xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx" 为 " 10 0000 0000" , 即所有 的应答包导向上行的百兆网口;
•配置 2号、 3号表为 "000 0000 0000 " , 即所有单组播数据包传 送关闭;
56、 BX-008-0交换机收到查询包后, 根据其 0号表的配置, 该查询 包被接收至其 CPU模块, 由 CPU解析该查询包后生成应答包 (应答包 中包含本交换机的注册信息), 并发送给 MSS-400服务器, 该应答包的 DA是 0x0800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 , SA是 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0001 ;
57、 MSS-400服务器收到 BX-008-0交换机发出的应答包后, 对比 应答包的源地址( SA )及设备类型就知道它的 0号端口下接了一台接入 交换机, 然后在节点服务器内部的注册信息表里找到这台接入交换机的 信息, 向这台接入交换机发送入网命令 (告知其接入网地址为 0x0001 );
58、 BX-008-0 交换机收到入网命令后, 知道自己的接入网地址是 0x0001就入网了, 于是配置其 0号表" 00 0000 0000 0000 0001" 为 "01 0000 0000", 并 0号表其余表项配置为" 00 0000 0000 " , 即只有本交 换机的下行协议包导入 CPU, 同时向 MSS-400服务器发送入网命令应 答(入网命令应答包);
59、 MSS-400服务器收到 BX-008-0交换机发出的入网命令应答就 知道 BX-008-0 交换机已经入网了, 以后每秒钟向这个端口发送状态查 询包, 检查 BX-008-0交换机是否正常工作, 同时还要向 BX-008-0交换 机的下行端口发送端口下行协议包, 检查是否有其它接入网设备接在本 接入交换机下面, 在这种情况下, MSS-400服务器会在其 0号表中做如 下配置:
"00 0000 0000 0000 1001 " => "000 0000 0001", 即目的地址
( DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009的端口下行协议包导向 0号端 口;
"00 0000 0000 0000 1010 " => "000 0000 0001", 目 ό 地址
( DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000a的端口下行协议包导向 0号端 口;
"00 0000 0000 0000 1011 " => :'000 0000 0001", 目 ό 地址
( DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000b的端口下行协议包导向 0号端 口;
"00 0000 0000 0000 1100 " => :'000 0000 0001", 目 ό 地址
( DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000c的端口下行协议包导向 0号端 口;
"00 0000 0000 0000 1101 " => :'000 0000 0001", 目 ό 地址
( DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000d的端口下行协议包导向 0号端 口;
"00 0000 0000 0000 1110 " => "000 0000 0001", 即目的地址 ( OA) 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 OxOOOe的端口下行协议包导向 0号端 口;
• "00 0000 0000 0000 1111 " => "000 0000 0001", 即目的地址 ( DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 OxOOOf的端口下行协议包导向 0号端 口;
• "00 0000 0000 0001 0000 " => "000 0000 0001", 即目的地址 ( DA )是 0x80000x00000x0000 0x0010的端口下行协议包导向 0号端 口;
MSS-400 服务器会通过包括端口分配信息的端口分配包, 通知 BX-008-0交换机在其 0号表中做如下配置:
• "000000 00000000 1001" => "0000000001",即目的地址( DA) 足 0x80000x0000 0x00000x0009的端口下行协议包导向 0号端口;
• "000000 00000000 1010" => "0000000010",即目的地址( DA) 足 0x80000x0000 0x00000x000a的端口下行协议包导向 1号端口;
• "000000 00000000 1011" => "0000000100",即目的地址( DA) 足 0x80000x0000 0x00000x000b的端口下行协议包导向 2号端口;
• "000000 00000000 1100" => "0000001000",即目的地址( DA) 足 0x80000x0000 0x0000 OxOOOe的端口下行协议包导向 3号端口;
• "000000 00000000 1101" => "0000010000",即目的地址( DA) 足 0x80000x0000 0x00000x000d的端口下行协议包导向 4号端口;
• "000000000000001110" => "0000100000",即目的地址( DA) 足 0x80000x0000 0x0000 OxOOOe的端口下行协议包导向 5号端口;
• "000000 000000001111" => "0001000000",即目的地址( DA) 足 0x80000x0000 0x0000 OxOOOf的端口下行协议包导向 6号端口;
• "00000000000001 0000" => "0010000000",即目的地址( DA ) 是 0x80000x00000x00000x0010的端口下行协议包导向 7号端口;
S10、 MSS-400服务器发目的地址 ( DA )是 0x80000x00000x0000 0x0009、 0x80000x00000x00000x000a, 0x80000x00000x00000x000b, 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000c , 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 OxOOOd, 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 OxOOOe , 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 OxOOOf, 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0010 的端口下行协议包 ( SA 都为 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 ), 根据 MSS-400服务器中 0号表的配置, 端口下行协议包会依 次导向 MSS-400服务器 0号端口, 根据 BX-008-0交换机中 0号表的配 置, 端口下行协议包会依次导向 BX-008-0交换机 0到 Ί号端口;
51 1、 BX-008- 1交换机从 BX-008-0交换机的 1号端口收到端口下行 协议包 (即目的地址是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000a的端口下行协议 包)后发送端口上行协议包(该端口上行协议包中包含本交换机的注册 信息),包的 DA是 0x0800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 , SA是 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000a;
512、 MSS-400服务器收到 BX-008- 1交换机发出的端口上行协议包后, 对比上行协议包的源地址 (SA )及设备类型就知道 BX-008-0的 1号端 口下接了一台接入交换机, 然后在服务器内部的注册信息表里找到这台 接交换机信息, 并向该接入交换机发送入网命令(告知其接入网地址为 0x000a );
513、 BX-008-1 交换机收到入网命令后, 知道自己的接入网地址是 0x000a就入网了, 配置其 0号表" 00 0000 0000 0000 1010" 为 "01 0000 0000" , 0号表其余表项配置为 " 00 0000 0000 " , 即只有本交换机的下 行协议包导入 CPU, 同时向服务器发送入网命令应答;
514、 MSS-400 服务器收到交换机发出的入网命令应答就知道 BX-008-1交换机已经入网了, 以后每秒钟向这个端口发送状态查询包, 检查 BX-008- 1交换机是否正常工作, 同时还要向 BX-008-1交换机的下 行端口发送端口下行协议包, 检查是否有其他接入网设备接在本接入交 换机下面。 如果当前接入交换机正常工作, 收到状态查询包后会发送状 态查询应答给服务器。 当服务器 6秒之内没有收到状态查询应答, 就认 为这台接入交换机已经被移出网络, 不再发送状态查询包, 继续向本端 口发送查询包。 3.1.4.3终端的入网过程:
首先每台允许入网的终端都必须在节点服务器中注册, 没有注册的 终端无法入网。 如图 6所示, 所述终端入网的过程涉及以下步骤:
1、 节点服务器向每个端口发送查询包, 终端收到查询包后发送应 答包, 该应答包中包含终端的注册信息;
2、 节点服务器收到终端发出的应答包后就知道哪个端口下接了哪 种终端 (机顶盒, 编码板还是存储器), 然后在节点服务器内部的注册 信息表里找到该终端的信息, 向该终端发送入网命令(告诉终端的接入 网地址), 终端收到入网命令后就入网了, 同时向节点服务器发送入网 命令应答;
3、 节点服务器收到终端发出的入网命令应答就知道本终端已经入 网了, 以后定时向这个端口发送状态查询包, 检查终端是否正常工作。 如果终端正常工作, 收到状态查询包后会发送状态查询应答给节点服务 器。 当节点服务器一段时间之内没有收到状态查询应答, 就认为本终端 已经被移出网络, 不再发送状态查询包, 继续向本端口发送查询包。
3.1.4.4节点服务器与接入交换机、 终端在入网过程中的交互示例: 接入网的地址可以设置为 16bit,所有接入网设备都有唯一的接入网 地址 (包括机顶盒、 接入交换机、 存储器, 甚至节点服务器本身)。 为 方便管理所有接入网设备的接入网地址,在节点服务器的 CPU模块中可 以维护一张地址信息表, 该表的大小为 2的 16次方, 也即 64K, 每个 表的表项由: ¾口下构成:
1 ) 地址占用描述符: "00" 表示此地址未用, "01 " 表示此地址待 用 (节点服务器用此地址发出了端口下行协议包, 但未收到入网上行协 议包), " 10" 表示此地址已用 (节点服务器收到入网上行协议包后设 置);
2 ) 设备描述符: 例如, "000000" 表示节点服务器, "000001 " 表 示其中一种接入交换机 BX-008 , " 000010" 表示其中一种存储器, "000011 " 表示其中一种终端;
3 ) 设备资源描述信息: 例如, 该设备是接入交换机的话, 它的网 络端口连接的设备的接入网地址, 它的各个网络端口的上下行流量计 数;如果该设备是存储器的话,它的网络端口连接的设备的接入网地址, 它的读写通道的计数以及网络端口的上下行流量计数; 等等, 所有这些 信息是为了服务流程提供决策依据, 而且每次的服务流程中都会修改这 些信息。
如图 3所示, 假设一台节点服务器 MSS-400 , 它的 0号端口接了 一台接入交换机 BX-008-0 , 它的 1 号端口接了一台接入交换机 BX-008-1 , BX-008-0的 0号端口接了一台机顶盒 STB-0 , BX— 008-1 的 1号端口接了一台机顶盒 STB-1。
51、 MSS-400服务器上电后初始化硬件, 获得默认城域网地址(假 设为 0x00 0x0000 0x0000 ), 从硬盘导入配置文件到 CPU内存 (例如交 换机的注册信息、 终端的注册信息等等), MSS-400 服务器初始化地址 信息表, 全部清零 (表示所有地址未用), MSS-400 服务器配置自己的 接入网地址为 0x0000, 也即地址信息表的第 0x0000项被配置成如下: *地址占用描述符: " 10" 表示此地址已用;
*设备描述符: "000000" 表示节点服务器;
·设备资源描述信息: 此节点服务器有 8个下行百兆网口依次定义 为 0号端口到 7号端口, 1个 CPU模块接口定义为 8号端口, 1个磁盘 阵列接口定义为 9号端口, 1个上行千兆光口定义为 10号端口, 此节点 服务器型号为 MSS-400 , 它的网络端口连接的设备的接入网地址未分 配, 它的各个网络端口的上下行流量计数为 0;
地址信息表下一个可用地址为 0x0001 ;
52、 MSS-400服务器初始化 0、 1、 2、 3号表:
*配置 0号表为 "000 0000 0000 " , 即所有下行协议包传送关闭; •配置 1号表为 "001 0000 0000", 即所有上行协议包导向 CPU; •配置 2号、 3号表为 "000 0000 0000 " , 即所有单组播数据包传 送关闭;
53、 MSS-400服务器知道自己有 8个下行端口, 下一个可用地址为 0x0001 , 所以它配置 8个 0号表的表项分别为:
• "00 0000 0000 0000 0001 " => "000 0000 0001",即目的地址( DA ) 是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0001的查询包导向 0号端口;
• "00 0000 0000 0000 0010 " => "000 0000 0010",即目的地址( DA ) 是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0002的查询包导向 1号端口;
• "00 0000 0000 0000 0011 " => "000 0000 0100", 即目的地址 ( DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0003的查询包导向 2号端口;
• "00 0000 0000 0000 0100 " => "000 0000 1000", 即目的地址 ( DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0004的查询包导向 3号端口;
• "00 0000 0000 0000 0101 " => "000 0001 0000", 即目的地址 ( DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0005的查询包导向 4号端口;
• "00 0000 0000 0000 0110 " => "000 0010 0000", 即目的地址
( DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0006的查询包导向 5号端口;
• "00 0000 0000 0000 0111 " => "000 0100 0000", 即目的地址 ( DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0007的查询包导向 6号端口;
• "00 0000 0000 0000 1000 " => "000 1000 0000", 即目的地址 ( DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0008的查询包导向 7号端口;
54、 MSS-400服务器发目的地址 (DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0001、 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0002、 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0003、 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0004 , 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0005 , 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0006、 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0007、 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0008的查询包 ( SA都为 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 ), 根 据其 0号表的配置, 所述查询包会依次导向 0到 7号端口; 此时, 地址 信息表的第 0x0001至 0x0008项被配置成:
*地址占用描述符: "01 " 表示此地址待用; *设备描述符: 不做修改;
•设备资源描述信息: 不做修改;
地址信息表的下一个可用地址为 0x0009;
55、 BX-008-0、 BX-008-1交换机上电后初始化硬件,
·配置其 0号表" 00 xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx" 为 "01 0000 0000", 即 所有下行协议包包导向 CPU;
•配置其 1号表,,01 xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx" 为 " 10 0000 0000", 即所 有的上行协议包导向上行的百兆网口;
•配置其 2号、 3号表为 "00 0000 0000 " , 即所有单组播数据包传 送关闭;
56、 BX-008-0交换机收到查询包后, 根据其 0号表的配置, 该查询 包被接收至其 CPU模块, 由 CPU模块解析该查询包并生成应答包 (该 应答中包含本接入交换机的注册信息)发送给 MSS-400 服务器, 包的 DA是 0x0800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 , SA是 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0001 ;
57、 MSS-400服务器收到 BX-008-0交换机发出的应答包后, 对比 应答包的源地址 (SA )、 及设备类型就知道其 0号端口下接了一台接入 交换机, 然后在节点服务器内部的注册信息表里找到这台接入交换机的 信息, 向该接入交换机发送入网命令(告知其接入网地址为 0x0001 );
S8、 BX-008-0 交换机收到入网命令后, 知道自己的接入网地址是
0x0001就入网了, 于是配置其 0号表" 00 0000 0000 0000 0001" 为 "01 0000 0000", 0号表其余表项配置为" 00 0000 0000 " , 即只有本交换机 的下行协议包导入 CPU, 同时向服务器发送入网命令应答;
S9、 MSS-400服务器收到 BX-008-0交换机发出的入网命令应答就 知道 BX-008-0 交换机已经入网了, 于是将服务器内部的地址信息表的 第 0x0001项被配置成:
*地址占用描述符: " 10" 表示此地址已用;
•设备描述符: "00000Γ 表示其中一种接入交换机 BX-008; •设备资源描述信息: 此接入交换机有 8个下行百兆网口依次定义 为 0号端口到 7号端口, 1个 CPU模块接口定义为 8号端口, 1个上行 百兆网口定义为 9号端口, 此接入交换机型号为 BX-008 , 它的上行网 络端口连接的设备的接入网地址是 0x0000 (即 MSS-400 ), 下行网络端 口连接的设备的接入网地址未分配, 它的各个网络端口的上下行流量计 数为 0;
以后每秒钟向这个端口发送状态查询包, 检查 BX-008-0 交换机是 否正常工作, 同时还要向 BX-008-0 交换机的下行端口发送端口下行协 议包, 检查是否有其他接入网设备接在本接入交换机下面。 在这种情况 下, MSS-400服务器会在其 0号表中做如下配置:
"00 0000 0000 0000 1001 " => "000 0000 0001", 即目的地址
( DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009的端口下行协议包导向 0号端 口;
"00 0000 0000 0000 1010 " => "000 0000 0001", 即目的地址
( DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000a的端口下行协议包导向 0号端 口;
"00 0000 0000 0000 1011 " => "000 0000 0001", 即目的地址
( DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000b的端口下行协议包导向 0号端 口;
"00 0000 0000 0000 1100 " => "000 0000 0001", 即目的地址
( DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000c的端口下行协议包导向 0号端 口;
"00 0000 0000 0000 1101 " => "000 0000 0001", 即目的地址
( DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000d的端口下行协议包导向 0号端 口;
"00 0000 0000 0000 1110 " => "000 0000 0001", 即目的地址
( DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000e的端口下行协议包导向 0号端 • "00 0000 0000 0000 1111 " => "000 0000 0001", 即目的地址 ( DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 OxOOOf的端口下行协议包导向 0号端 口;
• "00 0000 0000 0001 0000 " => "000 0000 0001", 即目的地址 ( DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0010的端口下行协议包导向 0号端 口:
MSS-400 服务器会通过包括端口分配信息的端口分配包, BX-008-0交换机在其 0号表中做如下配置:
• "00 0000 0000 0000 1001 " => "00 0000 0001",即目的地址( DA ) 足 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009的端口下行协议包导向 0号端口;
• "00 0000 0000 0000 1010 " => "00 0000 0010",即目的地址( DA ) 足 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000a的端口下行协议包导向 1号端口;
• "00 0000 0000 0000 1011 " => "00 0000 0100",即目的地址( DA ) 足 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000b的端口下行协议包导向 2号端口;
• "00 0000 0000 0000 1100 " => "00 0000 1000",即目的地址( DA ) 足 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000c的端口下行协议包导向 3号端口;
• "00 0000 0000 0000 1101 " => "00 0001 0000",即目的地址( DA ) 足 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000d的端口下行协议包导向 4号端口;
• "00 0000 0000 0000 1110 " => "00 0010 0000",即目的地址( DA ) 足 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000e的端口下行协议包导向 5号端口;
• "00 0000 0000 0000 1111 " => "00 0100 0000",即目的地址( DA ) 足 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 OxOOOf的端口下行协议包导向 6号端口;
• "00 0000 0000 0001 0000 " => "00 1000 0000",即目的地址( DA ) 足 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0010的端口下行协议包导向 7号端口;
S10、 MSS-400服务器发目的地址 ( DA )是 0x8000 0x0000 Ox 0000
0x0009、 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000a, 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000b , 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000c, 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x000d, 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 OxOOOe, 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 OxOOOf、 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0010 的端口下行协议包 ( SA 都为 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 ), 根据 MSS-400服务器中 0号表的配置, 所述端口下行协议包 会依次导向 MSS-400服务器 0号端口, 根据 BX-008-0交换机中 0号表 配置, 端口下行协议包会依次导向 BX-008-0交换机 0到 7号端口; 并 且, MSS-400服务器中的地址信息表的第 0x0009至 0x0010项被配置成: *地址占用描述符: "01 " 表示此地址待用;
*设备描述符: 不做修改;
•设备资源描述信息: 不做修改;
下一个可用地址为 0x0011 ;
Sl l、 STB-0从 BX-008-0交换机的 0号端口收到端口下行协议包(即 目的地址是 0x8000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009的端口下行协议包 )收到端口 下行协议包后发送端口上行协议包(包含本终端的注册信息), 包的 DA 是 0x0800 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 , SA是 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0009 (交换机的 0号端口);
S12、 MSS-400服务器收到 STB-0交换机发出的端口上行协议包后, 对比上行协议包的源地址 ( SA )及设备类型就知道 BX-008-0的 0号端 口下接了一台终端, 然后在服务器内部的注册信息表里找到终端信息, 向终端发送入网命令(告诉终端的接入网地址为 0x0009 );
S13、 STB-0收到入网命令后, 知道自己的接入网地址是 0x0009就 入网了, 同时向服务器发送入网命令应答;
14、 MSS-400服务器收到 STB-0发出的入网命令应答就知道 STB-0 交换机已经入网了, 于是将地址信息表的第 0x0009项配置成:
*地址占用描述符: " 10" 表示此地址已用;
*设备描述符: "000011 " 表示其中一种终端;
·设备资源描述信息: 此终端有视音频编解码引擎, 1个百兆网口, 此终端型号为 STB , 它的网络端口连接的设备的接入网地址是 0x0001 (即 BX-008-0 ), 它的网络端口的上下行流量计数为 0;
地址信息表的第 0x0001项被配置成: *地址占用描述符: 不做修改;
*设备描述符: 不做修改;
•设备资源描述信息: 此接入交换机有 8个下行百兆网口依次定义 为 0号端口到 7号端口, 1个 CPU模块接口定义为 8号端口, 1个上行 百兆网口定义为 9号端口, 此接入交换机型号为 BX-008 , 它的上行网 络端口连接的设备的接入网地址是 0x0000 (即 MSS-400 ), 下行网络端 口 0连接的设备的接入网地址是 0x0009 , 其余未分配, 它的各个网络端 口的上下行流量计数为 0 ;
以后 MSS-400 服务器每秒钟向这个端口发送状态查询包, 检查 STB-0是否正常工作, 当服务器 6秒之内没有收到状态查询应答, 就认 为 STB-0已经被移出网络, 不再发送状态查询包, 继续向本端口发送查 询包。
参照上述第 S6—S 14步骤, BX-008- 1也会入网,获得其接入网地址 为 0x0002; STB- 1也会入网, 获得其接入网地址为 0x0012。
3. 1.5入网过程中的数据格式定义:
PDU是用户终端和服务器的信息交互方式, 两者使用原始套接字 (R«w Socket)传递 PDU , 其数据格式如下:
Figure imgf000086_0001
系统消息 (PDU ) 定义
一. 端口查询
1、 端口查询指令, 由服务器发出, 32W短信令:
Figure imgf000086_0002
5-7 3W 系统时钟
8-9 2W 网关的 IP地址 (本字段只对终端有效 )0-12 3W 网关的 MAC地址 (本字段只对终端有效 )3-31 19W 0000 填充
2、 端口查询应答指令, 32W短信令:
机顶盒收到 8A01发给服务器的应答
Figure imgf000087_0001
交换机收到 8A01发给服务器的应答
Figure imgf000087_0002
11-13 3W 版本信息 (交换机固有)
14-31 18W 0000 填充 0
编码板收到 8A01发给服务器的应答
Figure imgf000088_0001
设备标识: 暂时可以取值 0x5131 0201 000X ( X = 0-f )
3、 入网指令, 由服务器发出, 32W短信令:
Figure imgf000088_0002
4、 入网确认指令, 32W短信令:
Figure imgf000088_0003
0 1W 8A12 入网确认指令
1 1W 设备类型
2-4 3W 设备标识
5-10 6W 设备型号 (辅助信息, ASCII码)
11-13 3W 用户号码 (从 8al l获取)
14 1W 用户分机号 (从 8al l获取)
15-18 4W 网络地址 (从 8a01获取)
19-31 13W 0000 填充
5、 状态查询指令, 由服务器发出, 32W短信令:
给交换机的状态查询指令
Figure imgf000089_0001
给机顶盒的状态查询指令 字段
长度 代码 说明 号
0 1W 8A31 机顶盒状态查询指令
1-4 4W 网络地址
5-7 3W 实时时钟(由服务器维护)
8-10 3W 机顶盒号码
11-31 21W 0000 填充
6、 状态查询应答指令, 32W短信令:
交换机的状态查询应答
Figure imgf000090_0001
机顶盒的状态查询应答 字段
长度 代码 说明 号
0 1W 8A23 用户终端状态查询应答指令
1 1W 设备类型
2-4 3W 设备标识
5-7 3W 用户号码
8 1W 用户终端分机号码
9 1W 终端设备状态 (正常 =0 )
10 1W 用户终端环境温度
11 1W 终端所接设备的类型
终端所接设备的开关状态 0=
12 1W
下电 1=上电
13-30 18W 同 11-12
31 lw CRC 编码板的状态查询应答
Figure imgf000091_0001
三、 以下通过与 IP互联网对比, 更进一步描述本发明实施例的优点:
1、 网络地址结构上根治仿冒
IP 互联网的地址由用户设备告诉网络; 本发明的新型网地址由网络 告诉用户设备。
为了防范他人入侵, PC 和互联网设置了繁瑣的口令、 密码障碍。 就 算是实名地址, 仍无法避免密码被破译或用户稍不留神而造成的安全信 息泄漏。 连接到 IP 互联网上的 PC 终端, 首先必须自报家门, 告诉网络 自己的 IP 地址。 然而, 谁能保证这个 IP 地址是真是假。 这就是 IP互联网 第一个无法克服的安全漏洞。
本发明的新型网终端的地址是通过网管协议学来的, 用户终端只能 用这个学来的地址进入本发明的新型网, 因此, 无需认证确保不会错。 详细描述参见网管协议。本发明的新型网创立了有序化结构 "带色彩"的地 址体系 (D/SCAF ) 。 本发明的新型网地址不仅具备唯一性, 同时具备可 定位和可定性功能, 如同个人身份证号码一样, 隐含了该用户端口的地 理位置、 设备性质、 服务权限等其他特征。 本发明的新型网交换机根据 这些特征规定了分组包的行为规则, 实现不同性质的数据分流。
2、 每次服务发放独立通行证, 阻断黑客攻击和病毒扩散的途径;
IP 互联网可以自由进出, 用户自备防火墙; 本发明的新型网每次服 务必须申请通行证。
由于通讯协议在用户终端执行, 可能被篡改。 由于路由信息在网上 广播, 可能被窃听。 网络中的地址欺骗、 匿名攻击、 邮件炸弹、 泪滴、 隐蔽监听、 端口扫描、 内部入侵、 涂改信息等形形色色固有的缺陷, 为 黑客提供了施展空间。 垃圾邮件等互联网污染难以防范。
由于 IP 互联网用户可以设定任意 IP 地址来冒充别人,可以向网上任 何设备发出探针窥探别人的信息,也可以向网络发送任意干扰数据包(泼 脏水) 。 为此, 许多聪明人发明了各种防火墙, 试图保持独善其身。 但 是, 安装防火墙是自愿的, 防火墙的效果是暂时的和相对的, IP 互联网 本身永远不会干净。 这是 IP 互联网第二项收不了场的安全败笔。
本发明的新型网用户入网后, 网络交换机仅允许用户向节点服务器 发出有限的服务请求, 对其他数据包一律关门。 如果节点服务器批准用 户申请, 即向用户所在的交换机发出网络通行证, 用户终端发出的每个 数据包若不符合网络交换机端的审核条件一律丟弃, 彻底杜绝黑客攻击。 每次服务结束后, 自动撤销通行证。 通行证机制由交换机执行, 不在用 户可控制的范围内:
审核用户数据包的源地址: 防止用户发送任何假冒或匿名数据包(入 网后自动设定)
审核目标地址: 用户只能发送数据包到服务器指定的对象 (服务申 请时确定)
审核数据流量: 用户发送数据流量必须符合服务器规定 (服务申请 时确定)
审核版权标识: 防止用户转发从网上下载的有版权内容(内容供应 商设定)
本发明的新型网不需要防火墙、 杀毒、 加密、 内外网隔离等消极手 段, 本发明的新型网从结构上彻底阻断了黑客攻击和病毒扩散的途径, 是本质上可以高枕无忧的安全网络。
3、 网络设备与用户数据完全隔离, 切断病毒和木马的生命线; IP 互联网设备可随意拆解用户数据包; 本发明的新型网设备与用户 数据完全隔离。 即在数据传输中, 新型网设备(例如, 交换机、 网关等) 对用户数据包并不进行拆解, 而是直接依据数据包的地址, 查找映射表, 将其从相应端口转发即可。 即本发明的交换机并不存在自己计算和选择 路由的功能。
冯-诺依曼创造的电脑将程序指令和操作数据放在同一个地方, 也就 是说一段程序可以修改机器中的其他程序和数据。 沿用至今的这一电脑 模式, 给特洛伊木马, 蠕虫, 病毒, 后门等留下了可乘之机。 随着病毒 的高速积累, 防毒软件和补丁永远慢一拍, 处于被动状态。
互联网 TCP/IP 协议的技术核心是尽力而为、 储存转发、 检错重发。 为了实现互联网的使命, 网络服务器和路由器必须具备解析用户数据包 的能力, 这就为黑客病毒留了活路, 网络安全从此成了比谁聪明的角力, 永无安宁。 这是 IP 互联网第三项遗传性缺陷。
本发明的新型网上所有的服务器和交换机设备中的 CPU 都不可能接 触到任意一个用户数据包。 也就是说, 整个本发明的新型网只是为业务 提供方和接收方的终端设备之间, 建立一条完全隔离和流量行为规范的 透明管道。 用户终端不管收发什么数据, 一概与网络无关。 从结构上切 断了病毒和木马的生命线。 因此, 本发明的新型网杜绝网络上的无关人 员窃取用户数据的可能, 同理, 那些想当黑客或制毒的人根本就没有可 供攻击的对象。
4、 用户之间的自由连接完全隔离, 确保有效管理:
IP 互联网是自由市场, 无中间人; 本发明的新型网是百货公司, 有 中间人。 对于网络来说, 消费者与内容供应商都属于网络用户范畴, 只 是大小不同而已。 IP 互联网是个无管理的自由市场, 任意用户之间可以 直接通讯(P2P ) 。 也就是说, 要不要管理是用户说了算, 要不要收费是 单方大用户 (供应商)说了算, 要不要遵守法规也是单方大用户 (吸血 鬼网站) 说了算。 运营商至多收个入场费, 要想执行法律、 道德、 安全 和商业规矩只能是天方夜谭, 现在和将来都不可能。 这是 IP 互联网第四 项架构上的残疾。
本发明的新型网创造了服务节点概念, 形成有管理的百货公司商业 模式。 用户之间, 或者消费者与供货商之间, 绝对不可能有任何自由接 触, 一切联系都必须取得节点服务器 (中间人) 的批准。 这是实现网络 业务有效管理的必要条件。 要想成为新型网 的用户, 必须先与网络运营 商谈判自己的角色, 从普通消费者、 网上商店、 学校医院、 政府部门、 直到电视台, 都属于运营商的客户, 就好像上述部门都是电话公司的客 户一样。 尽管看起来每个角色无非都是收发视讯内容, 但如何收发必须 严格遵守各自商定的行为法则。 有了不可逾越的规范, 各类用户之间的 关系才能在真正意义上分成 C2C、 B2C、 B2B 等, 或者统称为有管理的 用户与用户间通讯 ( MP2P ) 。
5、 商业规则植入通讯协议, 确保盈利模式;
IP 互联网奉行先通讯, 后管理模式; 本发明的新型网奉行先管理, 后通讯模式。
网上散布非法媒体内容, 只有造成恶劣影响以后, 才能在局部范围 内查封, 而不能防范于未然。 法律与道德不能防范有组织有计划的"职业 攻击"。 而且法律只能对已造成危害的人实施处罚。 IP 互联网将管理定义 成一种额外附加的服务, 建立在应用层。 因此, 管理自然成为一种可有 可无的摆设。 这是 IP 互联网第五项难移的本性。
本发明的新型网用户终端只能在节点服务器许可范围内的指定业务 中, 选择申请其中之一。 服务建立过程中的协议信令, 由节点服务器执 行 (不经用户之手) 。 用户终端只是被动地回答服务器的提问, 接受或 拒绝服务, 不能参与到协议过程中。 一旦用户接受服务器提供的服务, 只能按照通行证规定的方式发送数据包, 任何偏离通行证规定的数据包 一律在底层交换机中丟弃。 本发明的新型网协议的基本思路是实现以服 务内容为核心的商业模式, 而不只是完成简单的数据交流。 在这一模式 下, 安全是新型网 的固有属性, 而不是附加在网络上的额外服务项目。 当然, 业务权限审核、 资源确认和计费手续等, 均可轻易包含管理合同 之中。
由于本发明关于一种接入网设备的通信连接系统、 一种节点服务器 及一种接入交换机的装置实施例基本相应于前述方法实施例, 具体可以 参见前述方法实施例中的相关说明, 在此就不贅述了。
需要说明的是, 在本文中, 诸如第一和第二等之类的关系术语仅仅 用来将一个实体或者操作与另一个实体或操作区分开来, 而不一定要求 或者暗示这些实体或操作之间存在任何这种实际的关系或者顺序。
以上对本发明所提供的一种接入网设备的通信连接方法、 一种接入 网设备的通信连接系统、 一种节点服务器及一种接入交换机进行了详细 以上实施例的说明只是用于帮助理解本发明的方法及其核'、思想; 同 时, 对于本领域的一般技术人员, 依据本发明的思想, 在具体实施方式 及应用范围上均会有改变之处, 综上所述, 本说明书内容不应理解为对 本发明的限制。

Claims

权 利 要 求
1、 一种接入网设备的通信连接方法, 其特征在于, 所述接入网设 备包括节点服务器、 接入交换机和终端, 所述的方法包括:
节点服务器依据源终端发起的服务请求协议包, 获取当次服务的通 信链路信息, 所述通信链路信息包括, 参与当次服务接入交换机的通信 端口信息;
节点服务器依据所述接入交换机的通信端口信息, 向相应的接入交 换机发送端口配置命令;
所述接入交换机依据端口配置命令在其内部的数据包地址表中, 设 置当次服务的数据包所导向的端口。
2、 如权利要求 1所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括:
节点服务器在其内部的数据包地址表中设置当次服务的数据包所 导向的端口。
3、 如权利要求 1 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述源终端发起的服 务请求包括单播通信服务请求和组播通信服务请求; 所述数据包地址表 包括单播数据包地址表和组播数据包地址表。
4、 如权利要求 2 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述节点服务器获取 当次服务的通信链路信息的步骤包括:
节点服务器获得源终端发起的、 用于与目标终端建立单播通信服务 的服务请求协议包, 所述服务请求协议包中包括服务类型信息, 服务内 容信息, 以及, 源终端的接入网地址, 其中, 所述服务内容信息包括服 务号码;
节点服务器依据所述服务号码在预置的内容-地址映射表中提取目 标终端的接入网地址;
节点服务器依据所述服务类型信息、 源终端和目标终端的接入网地 址, 获取当次服务的通信链路信息。
5、 如权利要求 4 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述通信链路信息为 单向通信链路信息, 或为双向通信链路信息。
6、 如权利要求 4或 5所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述节点服务器 获取当次服务的通信链路信息的步骤还包括:
节点服务器向所述源终端和目标终端发送菜单协议包;
以及, 接收目标终端针对所述菜包协议包发出的应答协议包。
7、 如权利要求 6 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述节点服务器获取 当次服务的通信链路信息的步骤还包括:
依据所述节点服务器和源终端之间的接入交换机中预置协议包地 址表的设置, 所述菜单协议包被导向至源终端;
依据所述节点服务器和目标终端之间的接入交换机中预置协议包 地址表的设置, 所述菜单协议包被导向至目标终端;
其中, 所述协议包地址表中设置有, 目的地址为当前接入交换机的 接入网地址的协议包导向 CPU模块; 以及, 目的地址为其它接入网设备 地址的协议包所导向的端口。
8、 如权利要求 4所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括:
节点服务器依据所述服务类型信息, 确定当前设置的数据包地址表 为单播数据包地址表。
9、 如权利要求 8 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述节点服务器在其 内部的单播数据包地址表中设置当次服务的单播数据包所导向的端口 包括:
目的地址为源终端的单播数据包所导向的下行端口; 以及, 目的地 址为目标终端的单播数据包所导向的下行端口。
10、 如权利要求 8所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当所述通信链路信息 为单向通信链路信息时, 所述接入交换机的通信端口信息包括上行链路 中接入交换机的上行端口信息, 以及, 下行链路中接入交换机的下行端 口信息;
所述接入交换机依据端口配置命令在其内部的单播数据包地址表 中设置的当次服务的单播数据包所导向的端口包括: 目的地址为目标终端的单播数据包所导向的上行链路中接入交换 机的上行端口和下行链路中接入交换机的下行端口。
11、 如权利要求 8所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当所述通信链路信息 为双向通信链路信息时, 所述接入交换机的通信端口信息包括上行链路 中接入交换机的上行端口和下行端口信息, 以及, 下行链路中接入交换 机的上行端口和下行端口信息;
所述接入交换机依据所述端口配置命令在其内部的单播数据包地 址表中设置的当次服务的单播数据包所导向的端口包括:
目的地址为目标终端的单播数据包所导向的上行链路中接入交换 机的上行端口和下行端口; 以及, 目的地址为源终端的单播数据包所导 向的下行链路中接入交换机的上行端口的下行端口。
12、 如权利要求 2所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括:
节点服务器分别向源终端与目标终端发送服务处理命令, 所述源终 端与目标终端依据所述服务处理命令执行相应的操作。
13、 如权利要求 2所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述节点服务器获取 当次服务的通信链路信息的步骤包括:
节点服务器获得目标终端发起的申请组播通信服务的服务请求协 议包, 所述服务请求协议包中包括服务类型信息、 服务内容信息和目标 终端的接入网地址; 其中, 所述服务内容信息中包括服务号码;
节点服务器依据所述服务号码在预置的内容-地址映射表中,提取源 终端的接入网地址;
节点服务器获取所述源终端对应的组播地址, 并分配给目标终端; 以及, 依据所述服务类型信息、 源终端和目标终端的接入网地址, 获取 当次组播服务的通信链路信息。
14、 如权利要求 13 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述节点服务器获 取当次服务的通信链路信息的步骤还包括:
节点服务器获得源终端提交的发起组播通信服务的服务请求协议 包, 并依据所述服务请求协议包向源终端分配组播地址; 所述服务请求 协议包中包括服务类型信息, 服务内容信息, 以及, 源终端的接入网地 址, 其中, 所述服务内容信息中包括服务号码;
依据服务类型信息, 以及,节点服务器与所述源终端的接入网地址, 获取当次组播服务上行的通信链路信息。
15、 如权利要求 14 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述节点服务器获 取当次服务的通信链路信息的步骤还包括:
依据服务类型信息, 以及,节点服务器与所述源终端的接入网地址, 获取当次组播服务下行的通信链路信息。
16、 如权利要求 14所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括:
节点服务器依据所述服务类型信息, 确定当前设置的数据包地址表 为组播数据包地址表。
17、 如权利要求 16 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述节点服务器在 其内部的组播数据包地址表中设置当次服务的组播数据包所导向的端 口包括:
目的地址为组播地址的组播数据包所导向的下行端口。
18、 如权利要求 16 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述接入交换机的 通信端口信息包括上行链路中接入交换机的上行端口信息, 以及, 下行 链路中接入交换机的下行端口信息;
所述接入交换机依据所述端口配置命令在其内部的组播数据包地 址表中设置的当次服务的组播数据包所导向的端口包括:
目的地址为组播地址的组播数据包所导向的上行链路中接入交换 机的上行端口和下行链路中接入交换机的下行端口。
19、 如权利要求 16 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述接入交换机的 通信端口信息还包括上行链路中接入交换机的下行端口信息;
所述接入交换机依据所述端口配置命令在其内部的组播数据包地 址表中设置的当次服务的组播数据包所导向的端口包括:
目的地址为组播地址的组播数据包所导向的上行链路中接入交换 机的下行端口。
20、 如权利要求 19 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述端口配置命令 记录在协议包中, 所述节点服务器依据其内部预置的下行协议包地址表 的设置, 通过连接相应接入交换机的下行端口将所述协议包导向至对应 的接入交换机;
其中, 所述下行协议包地址表中设置有, 目的地址为下级接入网设 备地址的协议包所导向的下行端口。
21、 如权利要求 13所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括:
节点服务器向目标终端发送服务处理命令, 目标终端依据所述服务 处理命令执行相应的操作。
22、 如权利要求 13所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括:
节点服务器向源终端发送服务处理命令, 源终端依据所述服务处理 命令执行相应的操作。
23、 如权利要求 4、 5、 13或 14所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述节 点服务器获取当次服务的通信链路信息的步骤还包括:
若获得多条当次服务的通信链路信息, 则节点服务器按照预置规则 选择其中一条通信链路信息为当次服务的通信链路信息。
24、 如权利要求 23 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述预置规则为节 点服务器获取各条通信链路的流量信息, 以及, 当次服务的流量信息, 确定已用流量最小的通信链路为当次服务的通信链路信息。
25、 如权利要求 23 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述预置规则为节 点服务器获取各条通信链路的带宽信息, 以及, 当次服务的带宽信息, 确定带宽最大的通信链路为当次服务的通信链路信息。
26、 如权利要求 1、 2或 3所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述源终端 发起的服务请求协议包, 依据连接在所述源终端与节点服务器之间的接 入交换机中预置的上行协议包地址表的设置, 通过相应接入交换机的上 行端口导向至节点服务器;
其中, 所述上行协议包地址表中设置有, 目的地址为节点服务器地 址的协议包导向的上行端口。
27、 如权利要求 1、 2或 3所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括: 在完成当次服务后, 节点服务器在其内部的数据包地址表中, 将所 设置的当次服务数据包导向的端口释放; 并向参与当次服务的接入交换 机发送端口译放命令;
所述接入交换机依据所述端口释放命令在其内部的数据包地址表 中, 将所设置的当次服务数据包导向的端口释放。
28、 如权利要求 27所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括:
节点服务器向源终端和 /或目标终端发出服务结束命令,所述源终端 和 /或目标终端依据所述服务结束命令结束服务处理。
29、 如权利要求 27或 28所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述节点服务 器内部还设置有地址信息表, 所述地址信息表中记录有地址占用信息、 设备标识信息和设备资源信息。
30、 如权利要求 29所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括:
节点服务器修改预置地址信息表中的内容, 所述修改包括将所述释 放端口的对应表项的地址占用信息更新为未占用; 以及, 更新对应的设 备标识信息和设备资源信息。
31、 如权利要求 1所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括:
接入交换机上电, 在其内部的下行协议包地址表中设置所有下行协 议包导向 CPU模块;
所述接入交换机接收节点服务器发送的下行协议包, 依据所述下行 协议包地址表的设置, 将所述下行协议包导向该接入交换机的 CPU模 块, 所述 CPU模块生成上行协议包, 并发送给节点服务器; 所述下行协 议包中包括一个待分配的接入网地址;
节点服务器向该接入交换机发送入网命令, 所述入网命令中包括该 接入交换机的接入网地址, 所述接入网地址即为该接入交换机所接收下 行协议包中的待分配接入网地址;
所述接入交换机更新其内部的下行协议包地址表为, 仅目的地址为 自己接入网地址的协议包导向 CPU模块。
32、 如权利要求 31 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当已入网的接入交 换机接收到节点服务器发送的端口分配包时, 所述的方法还包括:
已入网的接入交换机将目的地址为自己接入网地址的端口分配包 导向 CPU模块;
依据包中的端口分配信息, 在其内部的下行协议包地址表中, 设置 各个端口下行协议包所导向的下行端口。
33、 如权利要求 32 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当已入网的接入交 换机接收到节点服务器发送的端口下行协议包时, 所述的方法还包括: 所述接入交换机依据其内部下行协议包地址表的设置, 将所述端口 下行协议包导向对应的下行端口; 所述端口下行协议包中包括一个待分 配的接入网地址;
若节点服务器接收到连接在所述接入交换机下行端口的某个下级 接入网设备发送的端口上行协议包, 并向该下级接入网设备发送入网命 令, 所述入网命令中包括该下级接入网设备的接入网地址, 所述接入网 地址即为该下级接入网设备所接收的端口下行协议包中待分配的接入 网地址。
34、 一种接入网设备的通信连接系统, 其特征在于, 所述接入网设 备包括节点服务器、 接入交换机和终端, 所述节点服务器包括:
服务请求接收模块, 用于接收源终端发起的服务请求协议包; 通信链路获取模块, 用于依据源终端发起的服务请求协议包, 获取 当次服务的通信链路信息, 所述通信链路信息包括, 参与当次服务的接 入交换机的通信端口信息;
交换机端口配置模块, 用于依据所述接入交换机的通信端口信息, 向相应的接入交换机发送端口配置命令;
所述接入交换机包括:
地址表配置模块, 用于依据端口配置命令在其内部的数据包地址表 中, 设置当次服务的数据包所导向的端口。
35、 如权利要求 34所述的系统, 其特征在于, 还包括: 地址表配置模块, 用于在节点服务器内部的数据包地址表中设置当 次服务的数据包所导向的端口。
36、 如权利要求 34 所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述源终端发起的 服务请求包括单播通信服务请求和组播通信服务请求; 所述数据包地址 表包括单播数据包地址表和组播数据包地址表。
37、 如权利要求 35 所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述节点服务器的 通信链路获取模块包括:
单播服务协议包接收子模块, 用于接收源终端发起的、 用于与目标 终端建立单播通信服务的服务请求协议包, 所述服务请求协议包中包括 服务类型信息, 服务内容信息, 以及, 源终端的接入网地址, 其中, 所 述服务内容信息包括服务号码;
目标终端地址获取子模块, 用于依据所述服务号码在预置的内容- 地址映射表中提取目标终端的接入网地址;
通信链路计算子模块, 用于依据所述服务类型信息、 源终端和目标 终端的接入网地址, 获取当次服务的通信链路信息。
38、 如权利要求 37 所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述通信链路信息 为单向通信链路信息, 或为双向通信链路信息。
39、 如权利要求 37或 38所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述节点服务 器还包括:
菜单协议包发送模块, 用于向所述源终端和目标终端发送菜单协议 包;
应答协议包接收模块, 用于接收目标终端针对所述菜包协议包发出 的应答协议包。
40、 如权利要求 39 所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述接入交换机包 括位于所述节点服务器和源终端之间的第一接入交换机, 以及, 位于所 述节点服务器和目标终端之间的第二接入交换机;
所述第一接入交换机还包括: 菜单协议包第一导向模块, 用于依据其内部预置协议包地址表的设 置, 将所述菜单协议包被导向至源终端;
所述第二接入交换机还包括:
菜单协议包第二导向模块, 用于依据其内部预置协议包地址表的设 置, 所述菜单协议包被导向至目标终端;
其中, 所述协议包地址表中设置有, 目的地址为当前接入交换机的 接入网地址的协议包导向 CPU模块; 以及, 目的地址为其它接入网设备 地址的协议包所导向的端口。
41、 如权利要求 37 所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述节点服务器还 包括:
单播地址表确定模块, 用于依据所述服务类型信息, 确定当前设置 的数据包地址表为单播数据包地址表。
42、 如权利要求 41 所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述节点服务器在 其内部的单播数据包地址表中设置当次服务的单播数据包所导向的端 口包括:
目的地址为源终端的单播数据包所导向的下行端口; 以及, 目的地 址为目标终端的单播数据包所导向的下行端口。
43、 如权利要求 41 所述的系统, 其特征在于, 当所述通信链路信 息为单向通信链路信息时, 所述接入交换机的通信端口信息包括上行链 路中接入交换机的上行端口信息, 以及, 下行链路中接入交换机的下行 端口信息;
所述接入交换机依据端口配置命令在其内部的单播数据包地址表 中设置的当次服务的单播数据包所导向的端口包括:
目的地址为目标终端的单播数据包所导向的上行链路中接入交换 机的上行端口和下行链路中接入交换机的下行端口。
44、 如权利要求 41 所述的系统, 其特征在于, 当所述通信链路信 息为双向通信链路信息时, 所述接入交换机的通信端口信息包括上行链 路中接入交换机的上行端口和下行端口信息, 以及, 下行链路中接入交 换机的上行端口和下行端口信息;
所述接入交换机依据所述端口配置命令在其内部的单播数据包地 址表中设置的当次服务的单播数据包所导向的端口包括:
目的地址为目标终端的单播数据包所导向的上行链路中接入交换 机的上行端口和下行端口; 以及, 目的地址为源终端的单播数据包所导 向的下行链路中接入交换机的上行端口的下行端口。
45、 如权利要求 35 所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述节点服务器还 包括:
服务处理命令发送模块, 用于分别向源终端与目标终端发送服务处 理命令;
所述源终端包括命令执行模块, 用于依据所述服务处理命令执行相 应的操作;
所述目标终端包括命令执行模块, 用于依据所述服务处理命令执行 相应的操作。
46、 如权利要求 35 所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述节点服务器的 通信链路获取模块包括:
组播通信申请请求接收子模块, 用于接收目标终端发起的申请组播 通信服务的服务请求协议包, 所述服务请求协议包中包括服务类型信 息、 服务内容信息和目标终端的接入网地址; 其中, 所述服务内容信息 中包括服务号码;
源终端地址提取子模块,用于依据所述服务号码在预置的内容 -地址 映射表中, 提取源终端的接入网地址;
组播地址第一分配子模块, 用于获取所述源终端对应的组播地址, 并分配给目标终端;
组播申请链路计算子模块, 用于依据所述服务类型信息、 源终端和 目标终端的接入网地址, 获取当次组播服务的通信链路信息。
47、 如权利要求 46 所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述节点服务器的 通信链路获取模块还包括: 组播通信发起请求接收子模块, 用于接收源终端提交的发起组播通 信服务的服务请求协议包, 所述服务请求协议包中包括服务类型信息, 服务内容信息, 以及, 源终端的接入网地址, 其中, 所述服务内容信息 中包括服务号码;
组播地址第二分配子模块, 用于依据所述服务请求协议包向源终端 分配组播地址;
上行链路计算子模块, 用于依据服务类型信息, 以及, 节点服务器 与所述源终端的接入网地址, 获取当次组播服务上行的通信链路信息。
48、 如权利要求 47 所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述节点服务器的 通信链路获取模块还包括:
下行链路计算子模块, 用于依据服务类型信息, 以及, 节点服务器 与所述源终端的接入网地址, 获取当次组播服务下行的通信链路信息。
49、 如权利要求 47或 48所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述节点服务 器还包括:
组播地址表确定模块, 用于依据所述服务类型信息, 确定当前设置 的数据包地址表为组播数据包地址表。
50、 如权利要求 49 所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述节点服务器在 其内部的组播数据包地址表中设置当次服务的组播数据包所导向的端 口包括:
目的地址为组播地址的组播数据包所导向的下行端口。
51、 如权利要求 49 所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述接入交换机的 通信端口信息包括上行链路中接入交换机的上行端口信息, 以及, 下行 链路中接入交换机的下行端口信息;
所述接入交换机依据所述端口配置命令在其内部的组播数据包地 址表中设置的当次服务的组播数据包所导向的端口包括:
目的地址为组播地址的组播数据包所导向的上行链路中接入交换 机的上行端口和下行链路中接入交换机的下行端口。
52、 如权利要求 51 所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述接入交换机的 通信端口信息还包括上行链路中接入交换机的下行端口信息;
所述接入交换机依据所述端口配置命令在其内部的组播数据包地 址表中设置的当次服务的组播数据包所导向的端口还包括:
目的地址为组播地址的组播数据包所导向的上行链路中接入交换 机的下行端口。
53、 如权利要求 52 所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述端口配置命令 记录在协议包中, 所述节点服务器还包括:
协议包导向模块, 用于依据其内部预置的下行协议包地址表的设 置, 通过连接相应接入交换机的下行端口将所述协议包导向至对应的接 入交换机;
其中, 所述下行协议包地址表中设置有, 目的地址为下级接入网设 备地址的协议包所导向的下行端口。
54、 如权利要求 37、 38、 46或 47所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述 节点服务器的通信链路获取模块还包括:
通信链路选择子模块, 用于在获得多条当次服务的通信链路信息 时, 按照预置规则选择其中一条通信链路信息为当次服务的通信链路信 息。
55、 如权利要求 54 所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述预置规则为节 点服务器获取各条通信链路的流量信息, 以及, 当次服务的流量信息, 确定已用流量最小的通信链路为当次服务的通信链路信息。
56、 如权利要求 54 所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述预置规则为节 点服务器获取各条通信链路的带宽信息, 以及, 当次服务的带宽信息, 确定带宽最大的通信链路为当次服务的通信链路信息。
57、 如权利要求 34、 35或 36所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述接入 交换机为连接在所述源终端与节点服务器之间的接入交换机, 所述接入 交换机还包括:
协议包导向模块, 用于依据其内部预置上行协议包地址表的设置, 将所述源终端发起的服务请求协议包, 通过该接入交换机的上行端口导 向至节点服务器;
其中, 所述上行协议包地址表中设置有, 目的地址为节点服务器地 址的协议包导向的上行端口。
58、 如权利要求 34、 35或 36所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述节点 服务器还包括:
服务器端口释放模块, 用于在完成当次服务后, 在其内部的数据包 地址表中, 将所设置的当次服务数据包导向的端口译放;
交换机端口释放配置模块, 用于向参与当次服务的接入交换机发送 端口释放命令;
所述接入交换机还包括:
端口释放模块, 用于依据所述端口译放命令在其内部的数据包地址 表中, 将所设置的当次服务数据包导向的端口释放。
59、 如权利要求 58 所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述节点服务器还 包括:
服务结束命令发送模块,用于向源终端和 /或目标终端发出服务结束 命令;
所述源终端还包括第一结束服务模块, 用于依据服务结束命令结束 服务处理;
所述目标终端还包括第二结束服务模块, 用于依据服务结束命令结 束服务处理。
60、 如权利要求 58或 59所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述节点服务 器内部还设置有地址信息表, 所述地址信息表中记录有地址占用信息、 设备标识信息和设备资源信息。
61、 如权利要求 60 所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述节点服务器还 包括:
地址信息表修改模块, 用于修改预置地址信息表中的内容, 所述修 改包括将所述译放端口的对应表项的地址占用信息更新为未占用; 以 及, 更新对应的设备标识信息和设备资源信息。
62、 如权利要求 34 所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述节点服务器还 包括向接入交换机发送下行协议包的下行协议包发送模块, 以及, 依据 接入交换机回复的上行协议包发送入网命令的第一入网命令发送模块; 所述接入交换机还包括:
0号表初始化配置模块, 用于在上电时, 在其内部的下行协议包地 址表中设置所有下行协议包导向 CPU模块;
下行协议包接收模块, 用于依据所述下行协议包地址表的设置, 将 接收到的下行协议包导向该接入交换机的 CPU模块,所述下行协议包中 包括一个待分配的接入网地址;
上行协议包回复模块,用于由所述 CPU模块生成上行协议包, 并发 送给节点服务器;
第一入网命令接收模块, 用于接收节点服务器发送的入网命令, 所 述入网命令中包括该接入交换机的接入网地址, 所述接入网地址即为该 接入交换机所接收下行协议包中的待分配接入网地址;
0号表第一设置模块, 用于更新其内部的下行协议包地址表为, 仅 目的地址为自己接入网地址的协议包导向 CPU模块。
63、 如权利要求 62 所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述节点服务器还 包括用于向已入网的接入交换机发送端口分配包的端口分配包发送模 块, 所述端口分配包中包括端口分配信息, 所述端口分配信息为各个端 口下行协议包导向所述接入交换机各个下行端口的信息;
所述接入交换机还包括:
第一导向模块, 用于将目的地址为自己接入网地址的端口分配包导 向 CPU模块;
0号表第二设置模块, 用于依据所述端口分配信息, 在其内部的下 行协议包地址表中, 设置各个端口下行协议包所导向的下行端口。
64、 如权利要求 63 所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述节点服务器还 包括用于向已入网的接入交换机发送端口下行协议包的端口下行协议 包发送模块, 所述端口下行协议包中包括一个待分配的接入网地址; 所述接入交换机还包括:
第二导向模块, 用于依据其内部下行协议包地址表的设置, 将所述 端口下行协议包导向对应的下行端口。
65、 如权利要求 64 所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述接入网设备还 包括连接在已入网接入交换机下行端口的下级接入网设备, 所述节点服 务器还包括用于向所述下级接入网设备发送入网命令的第二入网命令 发送模块;
所述下级接入网设备包括:
端口上行协议包回复模块, 用于针对接收到的端口下行协议包生成 端口上行协议包, 并发送给节点服务器;
第二入网命令接收模块, 用于接收节点服务器发送的入网命令, 所 述入网命令中包括该下级接入交换机的接入网地址, 所述接入网地址即 为该下级接入交换机所接收端口下行协议包中的待分配接入网地址。
66、 一种节点服务器, 其特征在于, 包括:
服务请求接收模块, 用于接收源终端发起的服务请求协议包; 通信链路获取模块, 用于依据源终端发起的服务请求协议包, 获取 当次服务的通信链路信息, 所述通信链路信息包括, 参与当次服务接入 交换机的通信端口信息;
交换机端口配置模块, 用于依据所述接入交换机的通信端口信息, 向相应的接入交换机发送端口配置命令。
67、 如权利要求 66所述的节点服务器, 其特征在于, 还包括: 地址表配置模块, 用于依据所述节点服务器的通信端口信息, 在其 内部的数据包地址表中设置当次服务的数据包所导向的端口。
68、 如权利要求 66 所述的节点服务器, 其特征在于, 所述源终端 发起的服务请求包括单播通信服务请求和组播通信服务请求; 所述数据 包地址表包括单播数据包地址表和组播数据包地址表。
69、 如权利要求 67 所述的节点服务器, 其特征在于, 所述通信链 路获取模块包括:
单播服务协议包接收子模块, 用于接收源终端发起的、 用于与目标 终端建立单播通信服务的服务请求协议包, 所述服务请求协议包中包括 服务类型信息, 服务内容信息, 以及, 源终端的接入网地址, 其中, 所 述服务内容信息包括服务号码;
目标终端地址获取子模块, 用于依据所述服务号码在预置的内容- 地址映射表中提取目标终端的接入网地址;
通信链路计算子模块, 用于依据所述服务类型信息、 源终端和目标 终端的接入网地址, 获取当次服务的通信链路信息。
70、 如权利要求 69 所述的节点服务器, 其特征在于, 所述通信链 路信息为单向通信链路信息, 或为双向通信链路信息。
71、 如权利要求 68或 69所述的节点服务器, 其特征在于, 还包括: 菜单协议包发送模块, 用于向所述源终端和目标终端发送菜单协议 包;
应答协议包接收模块, 用于接收目标终端针对所述菜包协议包发出 的应答协议包。
72、 如权利要求 69 所述的节点服务器, 其特征在于, 所述节点服 务器还包括:
单播地址表确定模块, 用于依据所述服务类型信息, 确定当前设置 的数据包地址表为单播数据包地址表。
73、 如权利要求 72 所述的节点服务器, 其特征在于, 所述节点服 务器在其内部的单播数据包地址表中设置当次服务的单播数据包所导 向的端口包括:
目的地址为源终端的单播数据包所导向的下行端口; 以及, 目的地 址为目标终端的单播数据包所导向的下行端口。
74、 如权利要求 67 所述的节点服务器, 其特征在于, 当所述数据 包为单播数据包时, 所述节点服务器还包括:
服务处理命令发送模块, 用于分别向源终端与目标终端发送服务处 理命令。
75、 如权利要求 67 所述的节点服务器, 其特征在于, 所述通信链 路获取模块包括:
组播通信申请请求接收子模块, 用于接收目标终端发起的申请组播 通信服务的服务请求协议包, 所述服务请求协议包中包括服务类型信 息、 服务内容信息和目标终端的接入网地址; 其中, 所述服务内容信息 中包括服务号码;
源终端地址提取子模块,用于依据所述服务号码在预置的内容 -地址 映射表中, 提取源终端的接入网地址;
组播地址第一分配子模块, 用于获取所述源终端对应的组播地址, 并分配给目标终端;
组播申请链路计算子模块, 用于依据所述服务类型信息、 源终端和 目标终端的接入网地址, 获取当次组播服务的通信链路信息。
76、 如权利要求 75 所述的节点服务器, 其特征在于, 所述通信链 路获取模块还包括:
组播通信发起请求接收子模块, 用于接收源终端提交的发起组播通 信服务的服务请求协议包, 所述服务请求协议包中包括服务类型信息, 服务内容信息, 以及, 源终端的接入网地址, 其中, 所述服务内容信息 中包括服务号码;
组播地址第二分配子模块, 用于依据所述服务请求协议包向源终端 分配组播地址;
上行链路计算子模块, 用于依据服务类型信息, 以及, 节点服务器 与所述源终端的接入网地址, 获取当次组播服务上行的通信链路信息。
77、 如权利要求 76 所述的节点服务器, 其特征在于, 所述通信链 路获取模块还包括:
下行链路计算子模块, 用于依据服务类型信息, 以及, 节点服务器 与所述源终端的接入网地址, 获取当次组播服务下行的通信链路信息。
78、 如权利要求 76或 77所述的节点服务器, 其特征在于, 还包括: 组播地址表确定模块, 用于依据所述服务类型信息, 确定当前设置 的数据包地址表为组播数据包地址表。
79、 如权利要求 78 所述的节点服务器, 其特征在于, 所述节点服 务器在其内部的组播数据包地址表中设置当次服务的组播数据包所导 向的端口包括:
目的地址为组播地址的组播数据包所导向的下行端口。
80、 如权利要求 66 所述的节点服务器, 其特征在于, 所述端口配 置命令记录在协议包中, 所述节点服务器还包括:
协议包导向模块, 用于依据其内部预置的下行协议包地址表的设 置, 通过连接相应接入交换机的下行端口将所述协议包导向至对应的接 入交换机;
其中, 所述下行协议包地址表中设置有, 目的地址为下级接入网设 备地址的协议包所导向的下行端口。
81、 如权利要求 66所述的节点服务器, 其特征在于, 还包括: 服务处理命令第一发送模块, 用于向目标终端发送服务处理命令。
82、 如权利要求 66所述的节点服务器, 其特征在于, 还包括: 服务处理命令第二发送模块, 用于向源终端发送服务处理命令。
83、 如权利要求 68、 69、 75或 76所述的节点服务器, 其特征在于, 所述通信链路获取模块还包括:
通信链路选择子模块, 用于在获得多条当次服务的通信链路信息 时, 按照预置规则选择其中一条通信链路信息为当次服务的通信链路信 息。
84、 如权利要求 83 所述的节点服务器, 其特征在于, 所述预置规 则为节点服务器获取各条通信链路的流量信息, 以及, 当次服务的流量 信息, 确定已用流量最小的通信链路为当次服务的通信链路信息。
85、 如权利要求 83 所述的节点服务器, 其特征在于, 所述预置规 则为节点服务器获取各条通信链路的带宽信息, 以及, 当次服务的带宽 信息, 确定带宽最大的通信链路为当次服务的通信链路信息。
86、 如权利要求 66、 67或 68所述的节点服务器, 其特征在于, 还 包括:
服务器端口释放模块, 用于在完成当次服务后, 在其内部的数据包 地址表中, 将所设置的当次服务数据包导向的端口译放;
交换机端口释放配置模块, 用于向参与当次服务的接入交换机发送 端口释放命令。
87、 如权利要求 86所述的节点服务器, 其特征在于, 还包括: 服务结束命令发送模块,用于向源终端和 /或目标终端发出服务结束 命令。
88、 如权利要求 86或 87所述的节点服务器, 其特征在于, 所述节 点服务器内部还设置有地址信息表, 所述地址信息表中记录有地址占用 信息、 设备标识信息和设备资源信息。
89、 如权利要求 88所述的节点服务器, 其特征在于, 还包括: 地址信息表修改模块, 用于修改预置地址信息表中的内容, 所述修 改包括将所述译放端口的对应表项的地址占用信息更新为未占用; 以 及, 更新对应的设备标识信息和设备资源信息。
90、 一种接入交换机, 其特征在于, 包括:
端口配置命令接收模块, 用于接收节点服务器发送的端口配置命 令, 所述端口配置命令包括当次服务的通信链路信息中, 参与当次服务 的接入交换机的通信端口信息; 其中, 所述通信链路信息依据源终端发 起的服务请求协议包生成;
地址表配置模块, 用于依据所述端口配置命令在其内部的数据包地 址表中, 设置当次服务的数据包所导向的端口。
91、 如权利要求 90 所述的接入交换机, 其特征在于, 所述源终端 发起的服务请求包括单播通信服务请求和组播通信服务请求。
92、 如权利要求 91 所述的接入交换机, 其特征在于, 所述数据包 地址表包括单播数据包地址表和组播数据包地址表。
93、 如权利要求 90 所述的接入交换机, 其特征在于, 所述接入交 换机包括位于所述节点服务器和源终端之间的第一接入交换机, 以及, 位于所述节点服务器和目标终端之间的第二接入交换机;
所述第一接入交换机还包括:
菜单协议包第一导向模块, 用于依据其内部预置协议包地址表的设 置, 将所述菜单协议包被导向至源终端;
所述第二接入交换机还包括:
菜单协议包第二导向模块, 用于依据其内部预置协议包地址表的设 置, 所述菜单协议包被导向至目标终端;
其中, 所述协议包地址表中设置有, 目的地址为当前接入交换机的 接入网地址的协议包导向 CPU模块; 以及, 目的地址为其它接入网设备 地址的协议包所导向的端口。
94、 如权利要求 91 所述的接入交换机, 其特征在于, 当所述通信 链路信息为单向通信链路信息时, 所述接入交换机的通信端口信息包括 上行链路中接入交换机的上行端口信息, 以及, 下行链路中接入交换机 的下行端口信息;
所述接入交换机依据端口配置命令在其内部的单播数据包地址表 中设置的当次服务的单播数据包所导向的端口包括:
目的地址为目标终端的单播数据包所导向的上行链路中接入交换 机的上行端口和下行链路中接入交换机的下行端口。
95、 如权利要求 91 所述的接入交换机, 其特征在于, 当所述通信 链路信息为双向通信链路信息时, 所述接入交换机的通信端口信息包括 上行链路中接入交换机的上行端口和下行端口信息, 以及, 下行链路中 接入交换机的上行端口和下行端口信息;
所述接入交换机依据所述端口配置命令在其内部的单播数据包地 址表中设置的当次服务的单播数据包所导向的端口包括:
目的地址为目标终端的单播数据包所导向的上行链路中接入交换 机的上行端口和下行端口; 以及, 目的地址为源终端的单播数据包所导 向的下行链路中接入交换机的上行端口的下行端口。
96、 如权利要求 91 所述的接入交换机, 其特征在于, 所述接入交 换机的通信端口信息包括上行链路中接入交换机的上行端口信息, 以 及, 下行链路中接入交换机的下行端口信息;
所述接入交换机依据所述端口配置命令在其内部的组播数据包地 址表中设置的当次服务的组播数据包所导向的端口包括:
目的地址为组播地址的组播数据包所导向的上行链路中接入交换 机的上行端口和下行链路中接入交换机的下行端口。
97、 如权利要求 96 所述的接入交换机, 其特征在于, 所述接入交 换机的通信端口信息还包括上行链路中接入交换机的下行端口信息; 所述接入交换机依据所述端口配置命令在其内部的组播数据包地 址表中设置的当次服务的组播数据包所导向的端口还包括:
目的地址为组播地址的组播数据包所导向的上行链路中接入交换 机的下行端口。
98、 如权利要求 90、 91或 92所述的接入交换机, 其特征在于, 所 述接入交换机为连接在所述源终端与节点服务器之间的接入交换机, 所 述接入交换机还包括:
协议包导向模块, 用于依据其内部预置上行协议包地址表的设置, 将所述源终端发起的服务请求协议包通过该接入交换机的上行端口导 向至节点服务器;
其中, 所述上行协议包地址表中设置有, 目的地址为节点服务器地 址的协议包导向的上行端口。
99、 如权利要求 90、 91或 92所述的接入交换机, 其特征在于, 还 包括:
端口释放模块, 用于依据节点服务器发送的端口释放命令在其内部 的数据包地址表中, 将所设置的当次服务数据包导向的端口释放。
PCT/CN2011/077989 2010-08-06 2011-08-04 一种接入网设备的通信连接方法及系统 WO2012016529A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US13/814,732 US9497111B2 (en) 2010-08-06 2011-08-04 Communications method and system for communications of network accessing equipment

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201010248220.8 2010-08-06
CN201010248220.8A CN102377633B (zh) 2010-08-06 2010-08-06 一种接入网设备的通信连接方法及系统

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2012016529A1 true WO2012016529A1 (zh) 2012-02-09

Family

ID=45558944

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2011/077989 WO2012016529A1 (zh) 2010-08-06 2011-08-04 一种接入网设备的通信连接方法及系统

Country Status (3)

Country Link
US (1) US9497111B2 (zh)
CN (1) CN102377633B (zh)
WO (1) WO2012016529A1 (zh)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105656896A (zh) * 2016-01-06 2016-06-08 甄世存 一种ip地址默认端口转移加密和端口管道服务方法及装置
CN111147569A (zh) * 2019-12-23 2020-05-12 视联动力信息技术股份有限公司 64位视联网与16位视联网通信的方法、装置、设备及介质

Families Citing this family (25)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150381377A1 (en) * 2014-06-26 2015-12-31 Qualcomm Technologies International, Ltd. Method and apparatus for managing addresses and connectivity arrangements for transporting multicast data in a wireless network
CN105429769B (zh) * 2015-11-06 2018-08-07 河海大学常州校区 基于正反馈的体育比赛数据通信与消息分发方法
CN105515856B (zh) * 2015-12-07 2018-12-25 中国航空工业集团公司西安航空计算技术研究所 基于通道的fc网络余度设计方法
CN108965622B (zh) * 2017-05-17 2021-02-05 北京博瑞彤芸文化传播股份有限公司 一种留言信息的处理方法
FR3072236B1 (fr) * 2017-10-10 2020-11-27 Bull Sas Dispositif et procede d'acquisition de valeurs de compteurs associes a une tache de calcul
CN109618120B (zh) * 2018-11-15 2021-09-21 视联动力信息技术股份有限公司 视频会议的处理方法和装置
CN109787992B (zh) * 2019-01-31 2021-03-12 视联动力信息技术股份有限公司 一种通过视联网访问专网的方法和装置
CN109873817B (zh) * 2019-01-31 2021-08-06 视联动力信息技术股份有限公司 一种一对一访问网络的方法和装置
CN109787993B (zh) * 2019-01-31 2021-04-23 视联动力信息技术股份有限公司 一种多用户访问专网的方法和装置
CN109889910B (zh) * 2019-01-31 2021-12-03 视联动力信息技术股份有限公司 一种访问专网的通信方法和装置
CN110120885B (zh) * 2019-04-04 2022-11-01 视联动力信息技术股份有限公司 一种设备状态信息的处理方法和装置
CN110233772B (zh) * 2019-04-22 2021-11-19 视联动力信息技术股份有限公司 一种视联网系统测试方法和装置
CN111131747B (zh) * 2019-12-06 2022-08-16 视联动力信息技术股份有限公司 确定数据通道状态的方法、装置、电子设备及存储介质
CN111031370A (zh) * 2019-12-12 2020-04-17 四川天邑康和通信股份有限公司 一种融合网关部分和机顶盒部分相互通讯的方法
CN111355916B (zh) * 2020-02-17 2022-07-22 视联动力信息技术股份有限公司 建立视联网通信连接的方法、装置、设备及存储介质
CN111385609A (zh) * 2020-02-20 2020-07-07 视联动力信息技术股份有限公司 一种录像回放方法和装置
CN111405736B (zh) * 2020-03-09 2022-05-13 广州市珠江灯光科技有限公司 灯具集中管理方法与装置
US11258621B2 (en) * 2020-06-09 2022-02-22 Cisco Technology, Inc. Directed broadcast in network fabric
CN112118255B (zh) * 2020-09-17 2023-04-14 北京四方继保工程技术有限公司 一种基于sip协议的多级视频监控子系统的级联方法
CN112532454B (zh) * 2020-11-30 2023-05-26 西安云维智联科技有限公司 一种fc交换网络系统网络管理方法
CN112866351B (zh) * 2020-12-31 2023-08-04 成都佳华物链云科技有限公司 数据交互方法、装置、服务器及存储介质
CN114979284B (zh) * 2021-04-27 2023-06-30 中移互联网有限公司 一种5g消息调度方法、装置及系统
CN113794610B (zh) * 2021-09-02 2023-05-26 深圳创维-Rgb电子有限公司 网关通讯方法、装置、设备及存储介质
US11973824B2 (en) * 2021-09-23 2024-04-30 Shanghai Anviz Technology Co., Ltd. Method for data transmission of audio and video in end-to-end system
CN114070404B (zh) * 2021-11-10 2023-12-22 北京机电工程研究所 一种基于多类型测试设备的光纤网络工作方法

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1275299A (zh) * 1998-06-19 2000-11-29 尤尼斯菲尔解决方案公司 用于ip转发和atm交换的设备
CN1373980A (zh) * 1998-12-10 2002-10-09 诺基亚网络有限公司 利用常规网络节点交换机管理与各种业务质量原则相关联的数据业务的系统和方法
WO2007070773A2 (en) * 2005-12-15 2007-06-21 At&T Knowledge Ventures, L.P. Method for providing quality-of-service based services in a packet network
CN101917492A (zh) * 2010-08-06 2010-12-15 北京乾唐视联网络科技有限公司 一种新型网的通信方法及系统

Family Cites Families (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6735679B1 (en) * 1998-07-08 2004-05-11 Broadcom Corporation Apparatus and method for optimizing access to memory
US6614781B1 (en) * 1998-11-20 2003-09-02 Level 3 Communications, Inc. Voice over data telecommunications network architecture
US6611872B1 (en) * 1999-01-11 2003-08-26 Fastforward Networks, Inc. Performing multicast communication in computer networks by using overlay routing
US7474660B1 (en) * 1999-03-31 2009-01-06 Cisco Technology, Inc. MAC address extension to maintain router information in source routed computer networks
US6944150B1 (en) * 2000-02-28 2005-09-13 Sprint Communications Company L.P. Method and system for providing services in communications networks
US7409712B1 (en) * 2003-07-16 2008-08-05 Cisco Technology, Inc. Methods and apparatus for network message traffic redirection
US7983158B2 (en) * 2005-11-30 2011-07-19 Motorola Solutions, Inc. Routing topology bandwidth management methods and system
US20080144642A1 (en) * 2006-12-19 2008-06-19 Shaowen Song Residential gateway for ethernet based metro networks and a global hierarchical ethernet addressing system
JP2008228069A (ja) * 2007-03-14 2008-09-25 Yamaha Corp 中継補助装置
CN100591048C (zh) * 2007-04-09 2010-02-17 华为技术有限公司 网络流量负载均衡的方法以及第三层交换设备
CN101557303B (zh) * 2008-04-11 2011-07-06 华为技术有限公司 路径建立请求方法、路径建立方法与系统
CN101547194B (zh) 2008-08-19 2012-06-13 孙宁军 一种嵌入式终端获取互联网上数据的方法及系统
CN101674221A (zh) * 2008-09-09 2010-03-17 中国移动通信集团公司 静态路由生成方法、终端路由实现方法及装置
CN101404619B (zh) * 2008-11-17 2011-06-08 杭州华三通信技术有限公司 一种实现服务器负载均衡的方法和一种三层交换机
US20120054349A1 (en) * 2010-08-26 2012-03-01 Microsoft Corporation Session admission control on sip trunk legs
US8948181B2 (en) * 2012-10-23 2015-02-03 Cisco Technology, Inc. System and method for optimizing next-hop table space in a dual-homed network environment

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1275299A (zh) * 1998-06-19 2000-11-29 尤尼斯菲尔解决方案公司 用于ip转发和atm交换的设备
CN1373980A (zh) * 1998-12-10 2002-10-09 诺基亚网络有限公司 利用常规网络节点交换机管理与各种业务质量原则相关联的数据业务的系统和方法
WO2007070773A2 (en) * 2005-12-15 2007-06-21 At&T Knowledge Ventures, L.P. Method for providing quality-of-service based services in a packet network
CN101917492A (zh) * 2010-08-06 2010-12-15 北京乾唐视联网络科技有限公司 一种新型网的通信方法及系统

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105656896A (zh) * 2016-01-06 2016-06-08 甄世存 一种ip地址默认端口转移加密和端口管道服务方法及装置
CN111147569A (zh) * 2019-12-23 2020-05-12 视联动力信息技术股份有限公司 64位视联网与16位视联网通信的方法、装置、设备及介质

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN102377633A (zh) 2012-03-14
US9497111B2 (en) 2016-11-15
US20130188519A1 (en) 2013-07-25
CN102377633B (zh) 2014-10-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2012016529A1 (zh) 一种接入网设备的通信连接方法及系统
EP2602960B1 (en) Communication method and system for a novel network
US9253106B2 (en) Traffic-control-based data transmission method and communication system
US9450861B2 (en) Ethernet-compatible method and system
US9083656B2 (en) Service communication method and system for access network apparatus
WO2012016531A1 (zh) 一种接入网设备的入网方法及系统
CN110049271B (zh) 一种视联网会议信息展示方法及装置
WO2012016526A1 (zh) 一种城域网通信方法及通信系统
CN111131754A (zh) 一种会议管理系统的控制分屏方法及装置
CN109451001B (zh) 一种通讯方法和系统
CN110708493B (zh) 一种获取参与视联网会议的权限的方法及装置
CN110049100B (zh) 一种业务数据的处理方法和系统
CN109889755B (zh) 通信连接方法和视联网终端
CN110099025B (zh) 一种基于视联网的通话方法和装置
CN109561080B (zh) 一种动态入网通信的方法和装置
CN110557594B (zh) 一种视频通话的处理方法、装置及存储介质
CN109495709B (zh) 一种视联网管理系统和方法
CN109348162B (zh) 信息处理方法和装置
CN110784677A (zh) 一种监控资源的浏览方法、装置及存储介质
CN110276607B (zh) 终端业务更新方法、装置及存储介质
CN110012304B (zh) 一种直播处理方法和视联网系统
CN110324379B (zh) 一种通信连接建立方法及装置
CN112398808A (zh) 一种基于视联网的终端插话方法、装置、设备和存储介质
CN110769188A (zh) 一种业务对象的处理方法和系统

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 11814112

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 13814732

Country of ref document: US

32PN Ep: public notification in the ep bulletin as address of the adressee cannot be established

Free format text: NOTING OF LOSS OF RIGHTS PURSUANT TO RULE 112(1) EPC OF 250613

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 11814112

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1